[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2017089786A1 - Peptides - Google Patents

Peptides Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017089786A1
WO2017089786A1 PCT/GB2016/053668 GB2016053668W WO2017089786A1 WO 2017089786 A1 WO2017089786 A1 WO 2017089786A1 GB 2016053668 W GB2016053668 W GB 2016053668W WO 2017089786 A1 WO2017089786 A1 WO 2017089786A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq nos
mhc
polypeptide
cell
peptide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/GB2016/053668
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Alex POWLESLAND
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Immunocore Ltd
Adaptimmune Ltd
Original Assignee
Immunocore Ltd
Adaptimmune Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB1520577.6A external-priority patent/GB201520577D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520601.4A external-priority patent/GB201520601D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520576.8A external-priority patent/GB201520576D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520598.2A external-priority patent/GB201520598D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520599.0A external-priority patent/GB201520599D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520573.5A external-priority patent/GB201520573D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520585.9A external-priority patent/GB201520585D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520574.3A external-priority patent/GB201520574D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520551.1A external-priority patent/GB201520551D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520535.4A external-priority patent/GB201520535D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520588.3A external-priority patent/GB201520588D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520547.9A external-priority patent/GB201520547D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520538.8A external-priority patent/GB201520538D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520560.2A external-priority patent/GB201520560D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520582.6A external-priority patent/GB201520582D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520556.0A external-priority patent/GB201520556D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520586.7A external-priority patent/GB201520586D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520554.5A external-priority patent/GB201520554D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520602.2A external-priority patent/GB201520602D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520581.8A external-priority patent/GB201520581D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520584.2A external-priority patent/GB201520584D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520552.9A external-priority patent/GB201520552D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520555.2A external-priority patent/GB201520555D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520596.6A external-priority patent/GB201520596D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520578.4A external-priority patent/GB201520578D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520561.0A external-priority patent/GB201520561D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520534.7A external-priority patent/GB201520534D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520571.9A external-priority patent/GB201520571D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520591.7A external-priority patent/GB201520591D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520537.0A external-priority patent/GB201520537D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520553.7A external-priority patent/GB201520553D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520580.0A external-priority patent/GB201520580D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520587.5A external-priority patent/GB201520587D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1520590.9A external-priority patent/GB201520590D0/en
Application filed by Immunocore Ltd, Adaptimmune Ltd filed Critical Immunocore Ltd
Publication of WO2017089786A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017089786A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0011Cancer antigens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4748Tumour specific antigens; Tumour rejection antigen precursors [TRAP], e.g. MAGE
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K40/00Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K40/10Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • A61K40/11T-cells, e.g. tumour infiltrating lymphocytes [TIL] or regulatory T [Treg] cells; Lymphokine-activated killer [LAK] cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K40/00Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K40/30Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the recombinant expression of specific molecules in the cells of the immune system
    • A61K40/32T-cell receptors [TCR]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K40/00Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K40/40Cellular immunotherapy characterised by antigens that are targeted or presented by cells of the immune system
    • A61K40/41Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K40/42Cancer antigens
    • A61K40/428Undefined tumor antigens, e.g. tumor lysate or antigens targeted by cells isolated from tumor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/60Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characteristics by the carrier linked to the antigen
    • A61K2039/6031Proteins
    • A61K2039/605MHC molecules or ligands thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K40/00
    • A61K2239/31Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K40/00 characterized by the route of administration

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel peptides derived from Centrosomal protein C10orf90 (C10orf90), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • tumour cells often escape detection.
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • C10orf90 also known as centrosomal protein C10orf90 or fragile-site associated tumor suppressor homolog and having Uniprot accession number Q96M02
  • C10orf90 is a tumor suppressor that is required to sustain G2/M checkpoint after DNA damage.
  • Expression of C10orf90 has been linked to cancer (Zhang et al. Chin Med J (Engl). 201 1 Sep; 124(18):2894-8).
  • C10orf90 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from C10orf90 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: A1 -A9, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example A2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQNOs: A1-A9.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQNOs: A1-A9.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQNOs: A1- A9.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • HC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex
  • Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example A2 herein.
  • MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
  • Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect.
  • a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • IMGT International Immunogenetics
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol.
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, uveal melanoma.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg.
  • a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • RACE rapid amplification of cDNA ends
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations.
  • Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures A1 to A9 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: A1 to A9, eluted from cells.
  • a table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • polypeptides set out in table A1 corresponding to SEQ NOs: A1 -A9, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures A1 -A9 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQNOs: A1-A9 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example A2 Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
  • HLA-A * 02 molecules HLA-A * 02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 ⁇ cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example A2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LSi] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cyclin-dependent kinase 5 activator 2 (CDK5R2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • CDK5R2 Cyclin-dependent kinase 5 activator 2
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system.
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • CDK5R2 (also known as cyclin-dependent kinase 5 activator 2 or p39 or p39l and having Uniprot accession number Q13319) is a cyclin-dependent protein kinase activator. Expression of CDK5R2 has been linked to cancer (Arif, Biochem Pharmacol. 2012 Oct 15;84(8):985-93). CDK5R2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CDK5R2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing CDK5R2 and for the treatment of cancers, including small cell lung cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: B1 -B3, or
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example B2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQNOs: B1-B3.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQNOs: B1-B3.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQNOs: BIBS.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another.
  • Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA alleles As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • MHC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example B2 herein.
  • MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
  • Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect.
  • a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention.
  • Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • IMGT International Immunogenetics
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , Va-L- ⁇ - ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol.
  • a fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, small cell lung cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg.
  • a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures B1 to B3 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: B1 to B3, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example B1 Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • polypeptides set out in table B1 corresponding to SEQNOs: B1-B3, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures B1 -B3 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQNOs: B1-B3 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example B2 Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example B2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS2] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cyclic nucleotide-gated cation channel beta-1 (CNGB1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • SYFPETHEI Randommensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
  • CNGB1 also known as cyclic nucleotide-gated cation channel beta-1 or CNG channel 4 or GARP and having Uniprot accession number Q14028
  • CNG cyclic nucleotide-gated channels
  • CNGB1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from CNGB1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing CNGB1 and for the treatment of cancers, including head and neck cancer and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: C1 -C9, or
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example C2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: C1-C9.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: C1 -C9.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: C1- C9.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another.
  • Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA alleles As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • MHC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, head and neck cancer and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • the polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNY ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures C1 to C9 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: C1 to C9, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example C1 Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CNGB1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised. Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • Figures C1 -C9 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: C1-C9 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • HLA-A * 02 molecules (HLA-A * 02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ )) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 ⁇ cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example C2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS3] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Contactin-associated proteinlike 2 (CNTNAP2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • CNTNAP2 Contactin-associated proteinlike 2
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • tumour cells often escape detection.
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • CNTNAP2 also known as contactin-associated protein-like 2 or cell recognition molecule Caspr2 and having Uniprot accession number Q9UHC6
  • CNTNAP2 is reported to play a role in cancer (Parris et al. BMC Cancer. 2014 May 7;14:324; Bralten et al. Oncogene. 2010 Nov 18;29(46):6138-48)
  • CNTNAP2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications).
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from CNTNAP2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CNTNAP2 and for the treatment of cancers, including breast cancer, non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and prostate cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NO: D1 , or
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example D2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NO: D1.
  • the amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NO: D1. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NO: D1.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NO: D1.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: D1 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: D1 , with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention.
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (squamous) and head and neck cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • the polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNY ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figure D1 shows the fragmentation spectra for the peptide of SEQ NO: D1 , eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectrum.
  • Example D1 Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CNTNAP2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised. Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • results The polypeptide set out in table D1 , corresponding to SEQ NO: D1 , was detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figure D1 shows representative fragmentation patterns for the peptide of SEQ NO: D1.
  • a table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectrum.
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 ⁇ cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail
  • Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added.
  • Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • Example D3 identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example D2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS4] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A3 (CT45A3), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • C45A3 Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A3
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • CT45A3 (also known as cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A3 and having Uniprot accession number Q8NHU0) belongs to the cancer/testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens.
  • CT45A3 is therefore a particularly attractive target for therapeutic intervention.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from CT45A3 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CT45A3 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: E1 -E2, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example E2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: E1-E2.
  • the amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: E1-E2.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: E1- E2.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention.
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field.
  • IMGT International Immunogenetics
  • TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol.
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg.
  • a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures E1 to E2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: E1 to E2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • polypeptides set out in table E1 corresponding to SEQ NOs: E1-E2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures E1 -E2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: E1-E2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example E2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS5] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A5 (CT45A5) complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • C45A5 Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A5
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • CT45A5 (also known as cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A5 and having Uniprot accession number P0DMU8 (formally Q6NSH3)) belongs to the cancer/testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens. Expression of CT45A5 has been reported in cancer cells, while expression in normal tissue is restricted to testis (Chen et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2005 May
  • CT45A5 is therefore a particularly attractive target for therapeutic intervention.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from CT45A5 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CT45A5 and for the treatment of cancers, including non- small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: F1 -F2, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example F2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: F1-F2.
  • the amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: F1-F2.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: F1- F2.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention.
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field.
  • IMGT International Immunogenetics
  • TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol.
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, Non-small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • a parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous
  • enteral including oral or rectal
  • inhalation or intranasal routes Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg.
  • a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures F1 and F2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: F1 and F2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example F1 Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • polypeptides set out in table F1 were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures F1 -F2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: F1-F2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • Example F3 identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example F2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS6] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Doublesex- and mab-3- related transcription factor A2 (DMRTA2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • DRTA2 Doublesex- and mab-3- related transcription factor A2
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • DMRTA2 (also known as Doublesex- and mab-3-related transcription factor A2 or Doublesex- and mab-3-related transcription factor 5 and having Uniprot accession number Q96SC8) is a transcription factor with a possible role in sexual development (Ottolenghi et al. Genomics. 2002 Mar;79(3):333-43). DMRTA2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from DMRTA2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with HC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing DMRTA2 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer and head and neck cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: G1 -G8, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example G2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: G1-G8.
  • the amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: G1-G8.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: G1- G8.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B * 08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA-A * 02 HLA-A * 01
  • HLA-A * 03 HLA-A11
  • HLA-A23, HLA-A24 HLA-B * 07, HLA-B * 08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • HC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example G2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form.
  • Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature.
  • Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • IMGT International Immunogenetics
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol.
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer and head and neck cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 Mg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g.
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods. Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
  • Figures G1 to G8 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: G1 to G8, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
  • Example G1 Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from DMRTA2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • polypeptides set out in table G1 corresponding to SEQ NOs: G1 -G8, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures G1 -G8 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: G1-G8 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example G2 Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added.
  • Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 ⁇ cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCl2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added.
  • Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example G2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS7] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from DNA
  • nucleotidylexotransferase DNTT
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • tumour cells often escape detection.
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • DNTT also known as DNA nucleotidylexotransferase or terminal deoxynucleotidyltransferase or terminal addition enzyme and having Uniprot accession number P04053
  • DNTT is a template- independent DNA polymerase. Expression of DNTT is associated with cancer (Kolhe et al. Int J Clin Exp Pathol. 2013;6(2): 142-7). DNTT is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from DNTT that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing DNTT and for the treatment of cancers, including acute myeloid leukemia.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: H1 -H18, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: H1-H18.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: H1 -H18.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: H1- H18.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et a/., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another.
  • Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B * 08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA-A * 02 HLA-A * 01
  • HLA-A * 03 HLA-A11
  • HLA-A23, HLA-A24 HLA-B * 07, HLA-B * 08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • MHC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example H2 herein.
  • MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
  • Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect.
  • a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention.
  • Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et a/., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349-54).
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308.
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No.
  • antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies.
  • Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef a/., Blood. 201 1 Apr 21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, acute myeloid leukaemia.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 ⁇ g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137).
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures H1 to H18 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: H1 to H18, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • IDA information dependent acquisition
  • Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
  • polypeptides set out in table H1 corresponding to SEQ NOs: H1 -H18, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures H1 -H18 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: H1-H18 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example H2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS8] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from ETS translocation variant 4 (ETV4), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • ETV4 ETS translocation variant 4
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • tumour cells often escape detection.
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • ETV4 (also known as ETS translocation variant 4 or Adenovirus E1 A enhancer-binding protein or E1 A-F or PEA3 and having Uniprot accession number P43268) is a member of the family of ETS transcription factors. ETV4 is a known oncogene Oh et al. Biochim Biophys Acta. 2012
  • ETV4 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications.
  • the inventors have found novel peptides derived from ETV4 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing ETV4 and for the treatment of cancers, including ovarian cancer.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: 11 -18, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example I2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: 11-18.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: 11 -18.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
  • replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another.
  • Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
  • polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC.
  • mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A * 02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein.
  • a person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
  • Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology.
  • GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA.
  • the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells.
  • in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
  • polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule.
  • the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule.
  • the MHC molecule may be MHC class I.
  • the MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A * 02, HLA-A * 01 , HLA-A * 03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B * 07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C * 04, HLA * C * 03 HLA-CW.
  • HLA alleles As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
  • the complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form.
  • the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
  • MHC molecule includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained.
  • MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
  • Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example 12 herein.
  • MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
  • Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect.
  • a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation.
  • the MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15).
  • Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip.
  • Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens.
  • peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
  • Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein.
  • polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin.
  • multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold.
  • the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker.
  • Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC.
  • the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention.
  • Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70).
  • Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention.
  • Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10 "5 to 10 "12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A * 02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
  • the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid may be cDNA.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention.
  • the vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
  • Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements.
  • the vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed
  • the term "vector” encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a DNA molecule such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
  • the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system.
  • the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention.
  • binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
  • the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC.
  • the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific.
  • the binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
  • binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • the binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
  • the TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art.
  • the TCRs may be ⁇ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129).
  • Single chain TCRs include ⁇ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L- ⁇ , ⁇ -L-Va, Va- Ca-L- ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ -0 ⁇ or Va- Ca - ⁇ / ⁇ - ⁇ , optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and ⁇ are TCR a and ⁇ variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and ⁇ constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence.
  • the TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains.
  • the TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
  • the alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences.
  • the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications.
  • the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48.
  • the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57.
  • TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations.
  • Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
  • TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes.
  • Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand.
  • a high affinity TCR or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex
  • multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol.
  • fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label.
  • a fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
  • a TCR of the present invention may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine.
  • a multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer.
  • the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses.
  • the high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
  • High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents.
  • a preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
  • the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector.
  • the TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames.
  • one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention.
  • the cell may be a T cell.
  • T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers.
  • adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
  • the TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells.
  • the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
  • the binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • antibody includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included.
  • a humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
  • an antibody for example a monoclonal antibody
  • recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody.
  • Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400).
  • CDRs complementary determining regions
  • a hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
  • binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature.
  • Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g.
  • antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
  • bispecific antibodies these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
  • bispecific antibody fragments e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli.
  • Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected.
  • An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope.
  • An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains.
  • An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention.
  • TCR-mimic antibodies such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
  • binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest.
  • engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J.
  • Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein.
  • Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine.
  • the polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, ovarian cancer.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
  • compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174.
  • Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
  • T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes.
  • Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
  • Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc.
  • a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg.
  • a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
  • compositions are encompassed in the present invention.
  • vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613).
  • the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30).
  • the vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides.
  • Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
  • the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC.
  • the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell.
  • the peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
  • polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
  • Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
  • the candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
  • T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g.
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer.
  • the TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
  • the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies.
  • the production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004.
  • the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles.
  • the TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage.
  • peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively.
  • the panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times.
  • Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells.
  • Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument.
  • the DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
  • Figures 11 to I8 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 11 to I8, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
  • Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B * 07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A * 02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 10 7 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose.
  • Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
  • buffer B acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid
  • polypeptides set out in table 11 were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines.
  • An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
  • Figures 11 -18 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 11-18 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
  • Example I2 Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
  • HLA-A*02 molecules HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs.
  • HLA-A * 02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15).
  • E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
  • Inclusion bodies of ⁇ 2 ⁇ and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA.
  • Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to ⁇ 5°C.
  • Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre ⁇ 2 ⁇ followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added.
  • Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
  • Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently.
  • the protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 ⁇ cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A * 02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
  • Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCl2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
  • the biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography.
  • a GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare).
  • Biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added.
  • Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A * 02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
  • Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
  • TCR isolation methods are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest.
  • T cell clone obtained from volunteer blood donors
  • Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
  • TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example I2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip.
  • The[LS9] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Fc receptor-like A (FCRLA), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules.
  • FCRLA Fc receptor-like A
  • binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
  • T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
  • MHC Histocompatibility Complex
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • HLA human leukocyte antigens
  • MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell.
  • TAA tumour associated antigens
  • tumour cells often escape detection.
  • TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells.
  • Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response.
  • such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies.
  • TAA-derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date.
  • TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
  • FCRLA also known as Fc receptor-like A or Fc receptor homolog expressed in B-cells or Fc receptor-related protein X or Fc receptor-like protein and having Uniprot accession number Q7L513). Expression of FCRLA is associated with cancer (Inozume et al. Int J Cancer. 2005 Mar 20; 1 14(2):283-90). FCRLA is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from FCRLA that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing FCRLA and for the treatment of cancers, including cutaneous melanoma and B- cell malignancy.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: J 1 -J 19, or
  • polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
  • the skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example J2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
  • polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
  • polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: J1-J19.
  • amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified.
  • chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
  • Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position.
  • Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue.
  • One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: J1-J19. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: J1-J19.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: J1- J19.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: J 1 -J 19 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: J1-J19, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
  • Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain.
  • Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et a/., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to novel peptides derived from Centrosomal protein C10orf90 (C10orf90) as well as from other proteins, complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.

Description

Peptides
The present invention relates to novel peptides derived from Centrosomal protein C10orf90 (C10orf90), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
C10orf90 (also known as centrosomal protein C10orf90 or fragile-site associated tumor suppressor homolog and having Uniprot accession number Q96M02) is a tumor suppressor that is required to sustain G2/M checkpoint after DNA damage. Expression of C10orf90 has been linked to cancer (Zhang et al. Chin Med J (Engl). 201 1 Sep; 124(18):2894-8). C10orf90 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from C10orf90 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing C10orf90 and for the treatment of cancers, including uveal melanoma. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: A1 -A9, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQNOs: A1-A9 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000003_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example A2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQNOs: A1-A9.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQNOs: A1-A9. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQNOs: A1- A9. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: A1-A9, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example A2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, uveal melanoma.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis. The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced. Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures Figures A1 to A9 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: A1 to A9, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example A1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from C10orf90 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table A1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: A1 -A9, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figures A1 -A9 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQNOs: A1-A9 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example A2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example A3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example A2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LSi] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cyclin-dependent kinase 5 activator 2 (CDK5R2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
CDK5R2 (also known as cyclin-dependent kinase 5 activator 2 or p39 or p39l and having Uniprot accession number Q13319) is a cyclin-dependent protein kinase activator. Expression of CDK5R2 has been linked to cancer (Arif, Biochem Pharmacol. 2012 Oct 15;84(8):985-93). CDK5R2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CDK5R2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing CDK5R2 and for the treatment of cancers, including small cell lung cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: B1 -B3, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQNOs: B1-B3 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000021_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example B2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQNOs: B1-B3.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQNOs: B1-B3.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQNOs: BIBS. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQNOs: B1-B3, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example B2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific. When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, small cell lung cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures B1 to B3 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: B1 to B3, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example B1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CDK5R2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table B1 , corresponding to SEQNOs: B1-B3, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQNO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
B1 SGGAPAASSA HLA-BW SUP-M2
B2 VAPPVPGGSP HLA-A*02 SW982
B3 YSYMGNEISY class I IGR37
Figures B1 -B3 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQNOs: B1-B3 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example B2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example B3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example B2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS2] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cyclic nucleotide-gated cation channel beta-1 (CNGB1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies. In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
CNGB1 (also known as cyclic nucleotide-gated cation channel beta-1 or CNG channel 4 or GARP and having Uniprot accession number Q14028) functions as a subunit of cyclic nucleotide-gated (CNG) channels (Chen et al. Nature. 1993 Apr 22;362(6422):764-7). CNGB1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CNGB1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing CNGB1 and for the treatment of cancers, including head and neck cancer and oesophageal cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: C1 -C9, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: C1-C9 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000038_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example C2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: C1-C9.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: C1 -C9. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: C1- C9. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: C1-C9, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example C2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, head and neck cancer and oesophageal cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic. The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNY ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures C1 to C9 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQNOs: C1 to C9, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example C1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CNGB1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised. Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results The polypeptides set out in table C1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: C1 -C9, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figures C1 -C9 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: C1-C9 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example C2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example C3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example C2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS3] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Contactin-associated proteinlike 2 (CNTNAP2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
CNTNAP2 (also known as contactin-associated protein-like 2 or cell recognition molecule Caspr2 and having Uniprot accession number Q9UHC6) may play a role in the formation nerve impulses in myelinated nerve fibres. CNTNAP2 is reported to play a role in cancer (Parris et al. BMC Cancer. 2014 May 7;14:324; Bralten et al. Oncogene. 2010 Nov 18;29(46):6138-48) CNTNAP2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications). The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CNTNAP2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CNTNAP2 and for the treatment of cancers, including breast cancer, non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and prostate cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NO: D1 , or
(b) the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: D1 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid
substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000056_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example D2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NO: D1. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NO: D1. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NO: D1.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NO: D1. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: D1 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: D1 , with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example D2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (squamous) and head and neck cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic. The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNY ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figure D1 shows the fragmentation spectra for the peptide of SEQ NO: D1 , eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectrum.
Examples
Example D1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CNTNAP2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised. Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results The polypeptide set out in table D1 , corresponding to SEQ NO: D1 , was detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure D1 shows representative fragmentation patterns for the peptide of SEQ NO: D1. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectrum.
Example D2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μιτι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail
(Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example D3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example D2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS4] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A3 (CT45A3), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
CT45A3 (also known as cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A3 and having Uniprot accession number Q8NHU0) belongs to the cancer/testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens.
Expression of CT45A3 has been reported in cancer cells, while expression in normal tissue is restricted to testis (Chen et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2005 May 31 ;102(22):7940-5). CT45A3 is therefore a particularly attractive target for therapeutic intervention. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CT45A3 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CT45A3 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: E1 -E2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: E1-E2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000073_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example E2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: E1-E2. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: E1-E2.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: E1- E2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: E1-E2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example E2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures E1 to E2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: E1 to E2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example E1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CT45A3 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table E1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: E1-E2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
E1 SQIDDFTGF class I HT 144
E2 TDKTEKVAVD HLA-A*02 NCI H1703
Figures E1 -E2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: E1-E2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example E2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example E3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example E2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS5] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A5 (CT45A5) complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
CT45A5 (also known as cancer/testis antigen family 45 member A5 and having Uniprot accession number P0DMU8 (formally Q6NSH3)) belongs to the cancer/testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens. Expression of CT45A5 has been reported in cancer cells, while expression in normal tissue is restricted to testis (Chen et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2005 May
31 ;102(22):7940-5). CT45A5 is therefore a particularly attractive target for therapeutic intervention. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from CT45A5 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing CT45A5 and for the treatment of cancers, including non- small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: F1 -F2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: F1-F2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000090_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example F2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: F1-F2. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: F1-F2.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: F1- F2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: F1-F2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example F2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, Non-small cell lung cancer (squamous) and oesophageal cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures F1 and F2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: F1 and F2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example F1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from CT45A5 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table F1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: F1-F2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
F1 FESIIKEAA Class I NCI-H1975
F2 YEKIFEML Class I HT 144
Figures F1 -F2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: F1-F2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example F2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example F3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example F2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS6] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Doublesex- and mab-3- related transcription factor A2 (DMRTA2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
DMRTA2 (also known as Doublesex- and mab-3-related transcription factor A2 or Doublesex- and mab-3-related transcription factor 5 and having Uniprot accession number Q96SC8) is a transcription factor with a possible role in sexual development (Ottolenghi et al. Genomics. 2002 Mar;79(3):333-43). DMRTA2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from DMRTA2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with HC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing DMRTA2 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer and head and neck cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: G1 -G8, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: G1-G8 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000107_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example G2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: G1-G8. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: G1-G8.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: G1- G8. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: G1-G8, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example G2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer and head and neck cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 Mg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods. Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures G1 to G8 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: G1 to G8, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example G1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from DMRTA2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table G1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: G1 -G8, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figures G1 -G8 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: G1-G8 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example G2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCl2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example G3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example G2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS7] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from DNA
nucleotidylexotransferase (DNTT), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
DNTT (also known as DNA nucleotidylexotransferase or terminal deoxynucleotidyltransferase or terminal addition enzyme and having Uniprot accession number P04053) is a template- independent DNA polymerase. Expression of DNTT is associated with cancer (Kolhe et al. Int J Clin Exp Pathol. 2013;6(2): 142-7). DNTT is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from DNTT that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing DNTT and for the treatment of cancers, including acute myeloid leukemia.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: H1 -H18, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: H1-H18 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000125_0001
H13 LYDKTKRI
H14 MQKAGFLYY
H15 RMQKAGFLYY
H16 VLCPYERRAF
H17 VLNDERYQSF
H18 YYDLVESTF
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example H2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: H1-H18.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: H1 -H18.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: H1- H18. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: H1-H18, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et a/., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example H2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column. Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et a/., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75). The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef a/., Blood. 201 1 Apr 21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, acute myeloid leukaemia.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 μg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures H1 to H18 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: H1 to H18, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example H1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from DNTT on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table H1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: H1 -H18, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figures H1 -H18 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: H1-H18 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example H2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example H3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example H2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS8] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from ETS translocation variant 4 (ETV4), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
ETV4 (also known as ETS translocation variant 4 or Adenovirus E1 A enhancer-binding protein or E1 A-F or PEA3 and having Uniprot accession number P43268) is a member of the family of ETS transcription factors. ETV4 is a known oncogene Oh et al. Biochim Biophys Acta. 2012
Aug;1826(1 ):1 -12). ETV4 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from ETV4 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing ETV4 and for the treatment of cancers, including ovarian cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: 11 -18, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: 11-18 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000143_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example I2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: 11-18.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: 11 -18.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 11-18, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example 12 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, ovarian cancer. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
(although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way. Brief description of the Figures
Figures 11 to I8 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 11 to I8, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example 11 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from ETV4 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table 11 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: 11 -18, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figures 11 -18 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 11-18 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example I2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCl2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example I3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example I2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS9] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Fc receptor-like A (FCRLA), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. FCRLA (also known as Fc receptor-like A or Fc receptor homolog expressed in B-cells or Fc receptor-related protein X or Fc receptor-like protein and having Uniprot accession number Q7L513). Expression of FCRLA is associated with cancer (Inozume et al. Int J Cancer. 2005 Mar 20; 1 14(2):283-90). FCRLA is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from FCRLA that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing FCRLA and for the treatment of cancers, including cutaneous melanoma and B- cell malignancy.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: J 1 -J 19, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: J1-J19 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000161_0001
J15 SEPFHLIVSY
J16 VVAITVQEL
J17 YTFSEPFHL
J18 YTFSEPFHLI
J19 YTFSEPFHLIV
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example J2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: J1-J19.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: J1-J19. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: J1-J19.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: J1- J19. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: J 1 -J 19 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: J1-J19, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et a/., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example J2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et a/., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75). The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef a/., Blood. 201 1 Apr 21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, cutaneous melanoma and B-cell malignancy. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
(although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures J1 to J19 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: J1 to J 19, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example J1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from FCRLA on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1 % TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source. For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table J1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: J1-J19, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figures J 1 -J 19 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: J 1 -J 19 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example J2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example J3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example J2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LSiO] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Glypican-2 (GPC2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. GPC2 (also known as Glypican-2 and having Uniprot accession number Q8N158) is a cell surface proteoglycan. Expression of glypicans is known to play a role in cancer (De Robertis et al.
Oncotarget. 2015 Oct 20. doi: 10.18632/oncotarget.5652). GPC2 is an ideal target for
immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from GPC2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing GPC2 and for the treatment of cancers, including small cell lung cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: K1 -K4, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: K1-K4 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000179_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example K2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: K1-K4. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: K1-K4. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: K1-K4.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: K1- K4. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: K1-K4 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: K1-K4, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example K2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, small cell lung cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures K1 to K4 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: K1 to K4, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example K1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from GPC2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table K1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: K1-K4, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
K1 AQHSLTQLF class I Nalm6
K2 FYGESGEGLD class I NCI H209
K3 LIRETEATF class I Nalm6 ISF
K4 TLADFWAQL class I NCI H209
Figures K1 -K4 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: K1-K4 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example K2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example K3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example K2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi i] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Glutamate receptor ionotropic MDA 2D (GRIN2D), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
GRIN2D (also known as Glutamate receptor ionotropic MDA 2D or EB1 1 or Glutamate [NMDA] receptor subunit epsilon-4 or NMDAR2D and having Uniprot accession number 015399) is a glutamate gated ion channel (Hess et al. J Neurochem. 1998 Mar;70(3): 1269-79). GRIN2D is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from GRIN2D that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing GRIN2D and for the treatment of cancers, including colon cancer and oesophageal cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: L1 -L28, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: L1-L28 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000196_0001
L13 LGPAVAAAVR
L14 LSAQTSLPI
L15 LVFAWEHLV
L16 MLLVAMGLSL
L17 PAAAATAVGPPL
L18 PFVETGISV
L19 PQLAGGGGSGAPG
L20 PRGAAGRPLSPPA
L21 PRPAPGPAPF
L22 RGAAGRPLSP
L23 SESLGGASL
L24 SPSAFLEPYSPAV
L25 SPVGYN RSL
L26 VIVEPADPIS
L27 VMVARSNGTV
L28 VRPVALVL
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example L2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: L1-L28.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: L1-L28. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: L1 -L28.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: L1- L28. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: L1-L28 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: L1-L28, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et a/., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example L2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-Ν/β-ΰβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-ΰβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and Cβ are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75). The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, colon cancer and oesophageal cancer. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
(although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way. Brief description of the Figures
Figures L1 to L28 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: L1 to L28, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example L1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from GRIN2D on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a protein A-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1 % TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source. For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table L1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: L1 -L28, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000210_0001
L7 DLPPPAPTS class 1 SW982
L8 FLQPVDDTQHL class 1 NCI H1755
L9 HTIGFSYDL HLA-A*02 AGS
L10 IVDFSVPFV class 1 AGC
Lll KLDAFIYDA HLA-A*02 AGS
L12 LATGKRPGGSTF class 1 NCI H1944
L13 LGPAVAAAVR HLA-A*02 Granta
L14 LSAQTSLPI class 1 MEWO
L15 LVFAWEHLV HLA-A*02 AGS
L16 MLLVAMGLSL HLA-A*02 NCI H1755
L17 PAAAATAVGPPL class 1 NCI H2023
L18 PFVETGISV HLA-A*02 NCI H1944
L19 PQLAGGGGSGAPG class 1 Nalm6 FCS
L20 PRGAAGRPLSPPA HLA-A*02 NCI H1944
L21 PRPAPGPAPF class 1 U266
L22 RGAAGRPLSP class 1 U266
L23 SESLGGASL class 1 NCI H1755
L24 SPSAFLEPYSPAV class 1 NCI H1755
L25 SPVGYNRSL HLA-B*07 Colo205
L26 VIVEPADPIS HLA-A*02 EJM
L27 VMVARSNGTV class 1 NCI H1915
L28 VRPVALVL HLA-A*02 SW982
Figures L1 -L28 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: L1-L28 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example L2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex. Example L3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example L2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LSi2] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from metabotropic glutamate receptor 4 (GRM4), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
GRM4 (also known as metabotropic glutamate receptor 4 or mGluR4 and having Uniprot accession number Q14833) id a G protein coupled receptor for glutamate. GRM4 has been associated with cancer (Savage et al. Nat Genet. 2013 Jul;45(7):799-803). GRM4 is an ideal target for
immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from GRM4 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing GRM4 and for the treatment of cancers, including ovarian cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: M1 -M3, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: M1-M3 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000215_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example M2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: M1-M3. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: M1-M3. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: M1 -M3.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: M1- M3. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: M1-M3 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: M1-M3, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example M2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, ovarian cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures 1 to M3 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: M1 to M3, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example M1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from GRM4 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table M1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: M1-M3, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
M1 AMVDIVRAL HLA-A*02 MDA-MD-453
M2 GMLYMPKVYI HLA-A*02 MDA-MD-453
M3 RTLDPRFAR HLA-A*02 MDA-MD-453
Figures M1 -M3 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: M1-M3 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example M2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of P2m and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example M3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example M2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi3] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from HORMA domain-containing protein 1 (HORMAD1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
HORMAD1 (also known as HORMA domain-containing protein 1 or CT46 and having Uniprot accession number Q86X24) belongs to the cancer testis family of germline encoded cancer antigens. Expression of HORMAD1 has been reported in various tumours while expression in normal tissues is restricted to testis (Chen et al. Cancer Immun. 2005 Jul 7;5:9). HORMAD1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from HORMAD1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing HORMAD1 and for the treatment of cancers, including breast cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: N1 -N5, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: N1-N5 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000232_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example N2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: N1-N5.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: N1-N5. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: N1 -N5.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: N1- N5. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: N1-N5 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: N1-N5, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example N2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, breast cancer. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
(although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way. Brief description of the Figures
Figures N1 to N5 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: N1 to N5, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example N1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from HORMAD1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table N1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: N1 -N5, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figures N1 -N5 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: N1-N5 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example N2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example N3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example N2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LSU] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Interphotoreceptor matrix proteoglycan 2 (IMPG2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
IMPG2 (also known as interphotoreceptor matrix proteoglycan 2 or IPM 200 or spacrcan and having Uniprot accession number Q9BZV3) is a proteoglycan involved in the organization of interphotoreceptor matrix. IMPG2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from IMPG2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing IMPG2 and for the treatment of cancers, including ovarian cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: 01 -05, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: 01-05 with the exception of 1 , 2 or
3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000250_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example 02. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: 01-05.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: 01-05. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: 01-05.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: 01- 05. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 01-05 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: 01-05, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example 02 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, ovarian cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures 01 to 05 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 01 to 05, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example 01 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from IMPG2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table 01 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: 01-05, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
01 AEAVANHV class I NCI H1975
02 LSSIENAVKY class I Colo205
03 SDVSLTSSPY class I NCI H1975
04 SEVPGVDDY class I NCI H209
05 SSELSSPVPVGDT class I NCI H1975
Figures 01 -05 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: 01-05 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example 02 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example 03 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example 02) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi5] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Alpha-internexin (INA), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. INA (also known as alpha-internexin or NF-66 and having Uniprot accession number Q16352) is a neuronal filament involved in the morphogenesis of neurons. Expression of INA has been associated with cancer (Matsumura et al. Brain Tumor Pathol. 2015 Oct;32(4):261-7). INA is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from INA that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing INA and for the treatment of cancers, including small cell lung cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: P1 -P20, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: P1-P20 with the exception of 1 , 2 or
3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000267_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example P2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: P1-P20. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: P1-P20. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: P1-P20.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: P1- P20. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: P1-P20 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: P1-P20, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example P2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, small cell lung cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis. The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced. Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures Figures P1 to P20 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: P1 to P20, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example P1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from INA on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table P1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: P1 -P20, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figures P1 -P20 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: P1-P20 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example P2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. col i as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ηι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ηι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice. Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex. Example P3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example P2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LSi6] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 5 (KCNH5), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
KCNH5 (also known as Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 5 or hEAG2 and having Uniprot accession number Q8NCM2) is a pore-forming (alpha) subunit of voltage-gated potassium channel (Ju et al. FEBS Lett. 2002 Jul 31 ;524(1-3):204-10. KCNH5 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from KCNH5 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing KCNH5 and for the treatment of cancers, including oesophageal cancer and small cell lung cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: Q1 , or
(b) the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: Q1 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000285_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example Q2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequence provided in SEQ NO: Q1. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NO: Q1. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NO: Q1.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NO: Q1. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: Q1 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: Q1 , with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imgt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example Q2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces. Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like. In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -L-νβ-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and Οβ are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell. The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75). The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, oesophageal cancer and small cell lung cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell
(Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56). The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figure Q1 shows the fragmentation spectra for the peptide of SEQ NO: Q1 , eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectrum.
Examples
Example Q1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from KCNH5 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table Q1 , corresponding to SEQ NO: Q1 , were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
Q1 TIFGNVTTI HLA-B*07 SW982
Figure Q1 shows representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NO: Q1 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example Q2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example Q3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example Q2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi7] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Lipocalin-15 (LCN15), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. LCN15 (also known as Lipocalin-15 and having Uniprot accession number Q6UWW0) is a small molecule transporter. LCN15 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from LCN15 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with HC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing LCN15 and for the treatment of cancers, including colon cancer and small cell lung cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: R1-R3, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: R1-R3 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000302_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example R2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: R1-R3.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: R1-R3. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: R1 -R3.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: R1- R3. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: R1-R3 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: R1-R3, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example R2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, colon cancer or small cell lung cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures R1 to R3 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: R1 to R3, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example R1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from LCN15 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table R1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: R1-R3, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
R1 DTDYSSFAVLY class I NCI H508
R2 FLLGAILT HLA-A*02 NCI H508
R3 LLWAPTAQA class I VMRC LCD
Figures R1 -R3 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: R1-R3 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example R2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of P2m and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example R3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example R2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi8] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Neuroblastoma breakpoint family member 4 (NBPF4), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
NBPF4 (also known as Neuroblastoma breakpoint family member 4 and having Uniprot accession number Q96M43) is a protein expressed in testis (Vandepoele et al. Mol Biol Evol. 2005
Nov;22(1 1 ):2265-74). NBPF4 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from NBPF4 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with HC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing NBPF4 and for the treatment of cancers, including breast cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: S1 -S4, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: S1-S4 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000319_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example S2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: S1-S4. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: S1-S4. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: S1-S4.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: S1- S4. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: S1-S4 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: S1-S4, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example S2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, breast cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures S1 to S4 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: S1 to S4, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example S1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from NBPF4 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table S1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: S1-S4, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
S1 AEMNILEIN Class I NCI H1975
S2 LEKQSDLEE Class I NCI H1975
S3 RLSQELPEV Class 1 SKMel37
S4 SVNEVYLTPSVHH Class 1 NCI H209
Figures S1 -S4 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: S1-S4 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example S2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example S3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example S2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LSi9] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from NACHT, LRR and PYD domains-containing protein 7 (NLRP7), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.dt.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
NLRP7 (also known as NACHT, LRR and PYD domains-containing protein 7 or Nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain protein 12 or PYRIN-containing APAF1 -like protein 3 and having Uniprot accession number Q8WX94) is an ATP binding protein that inhibits CASP1/caspase-1 -dependent IL1 B secretion (Kinoshita et al. J Biol Chem. 2005 Jun 10;280(23):21720-5). NLRP7 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from NLRP7 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing NLRP7 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer (squamous), head and neck cancer and ovarian cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: T1 -T29, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: T1-T29 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000336_0001
Figure imgf000337_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example T2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: T1-T29. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: T1-T29. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: T1-T29.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: T1- T29. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: T1-T29 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: T1-T29, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-ET07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database
(http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example T2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces. Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Ν/α-ίΛ/β-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and Οβ are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763. TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo. High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828. In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab". It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (W094/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coll. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef a/., Blood. 201 1 Apr 21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non small cell lung cancer (squamous), head and neck cancer and ovarian cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 μg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic. The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way. Brief description of the Figures
Figures T1 to T29 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: T1 to T29, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example T1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from NLRP7 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised. Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source. For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table T1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: T1 -T29, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000350_0001
T25 SEALQEACSL class 1 U266
T26 SLFSSNSNL HLA-A*02 EJM
T27 SPDIKQEL HLA-B*07 EJM
T28 YLSEALQEA HLA-A*02 U266
T29 YPDCKLQTL class 1 EJM
Figures T1 -T29 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: T1-T29 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example T2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example T3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example T2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS20] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Melanocyte protein PMEL (PMEL), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
PMEL (also known as melanocyte protein PMEL or Pmel 17 or gp100 or SILV and having Uniprot accession number P40967) plays a central role in the biogenesis of melanosomes. PMEL is normally expressed at low levels in quiescent adult melanocytes but is overexpressed in melanomas (Chen et al. J Biol Chem. 2012 Jul 13;287(29):24082-91 ; W09734613; W09522561 ). PMEL is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from PMEL that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing PMEL and for the treatment of cancers, including uveal melanoma. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: U1 -U96, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: U1-U96 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000354_0001
U14 DFGDSSGTLIS U62 SAFTITDQV
U15 DGGNKHFL U63 SAFTITDQVPFSV
U16 DQVPFSVSV U64 SCPiGENSP
U17 DQVPFSVSVSQLR U65 SCPiGENSPL
U18 DTNSLAW U66 SIALNFPG
U19 EAPNTTAGQV U67 SLADTNSL
U20 EVISTAPVQM U68 SLADTNSLAVV
U21 EVMGTTLAEM U69 SLKVSNDGPT
U22 FALQLHDPSGYLA U70 SVQVPTTEV
U23 FTITDQVPFSV U71 SVTLDIVQ
U24 GGQVSLKVS U72 SVTLDIVQG
U25 GLGQVPLI U73 SYVPLAHSSSAF
U26 GQEAGLGQVPL U74 TAQVVLQA
U27 GQVPLIVGI U75 TLISRALVV
U28 GQVPTTEVV U76 TTEVISTAPV
U29 GQVSLKVS U77 TWDFGDSSG
U30 GTHTMEVTV U78 TWDFGDSSGT
U31 HDPSGYLA U79 TWDFGDSSGTLIS
U32 HDPSGYLAE U80 VLGGPVSGLSI
U33 HDPSGYLAEADLS U81 VPSGEGDAF
U34 HQILKGGSGT U82 VQVPTTEVI
U35 HQILKGGSGTY U83 VSLKVSND
U36 HSSSAFTITDQVP U84 VSLKVSNDGPT
U37 HT EVTVYH U85 VSLKVSNDGPTLIG
U38 HTYLEPGPVT U86 VSNDGPTL
U39 HTYLEPGPVTA U87 VSTQLIMPV
U40 HTYLEPGPVT AQ U88 VTLDIVQGI
U41 IMPGQEAGLGQV U89 WDFGDSSGT
U42 KQDFSVPQL U90 YLAEADLS
U43 KVSNDGPTL U91 YLEPGPVTAQV
U44 LAVIGALLAVG U92 YRYGSFSVTL
U45 LDGGNKHFL U93 YTWDFGDSSGT
U46 LEPGPVTAQ U94 YTWDFGDSSGTL
U47 LGTHTMEV U95 YTWDFGDSSGTLI
U48 LHDPSGYL U96 YTWDFGDSSGTLIS
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example U2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: U1-U96.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: U1-U96. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: U1-U96.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: U1- U96. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: U1-U96 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: U1-U96, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example U2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, uveal melanoma.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis. The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced. Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures Figures U1 to U96 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: U1 to U96, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example U1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from PMEL on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table U1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: U1 -U96, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000369_0001
U34 HQILKGGSGT Class I Mel526
U35 HQILKGGSGTY Class I Mel526
U36 HSSSAFTITDQVP HLA-BW IGR37
U37 HTMEVTVYH Class I Mel526
U38 HTYLEPGPVT HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U39 HTYLEPGPVTA HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U40 HTYLEPGPVT AQ HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U41 IMPGQEAGLGQV HLA-A*02 IGR37
U42 KQDFSVPQL HLA-A*02 Mel526
U43 KVSNDGPTL HLA-A*02 IGR37
U44 LAVIGALLAVG HLA-B*07 U266
U45 LDGGNKHFL HLA-A*02 SkMel28
U46 LEPGPVTAQ HLA-A*02 MEWO
U47 LGTHTMEV HLA-A*02 KYSE140
U48 LHDPSGYL class I KYSE140
U49 LHDPSGYLA class I IGR37
U50 LHDPSGYLAEADLS HLA-B*07 IGR37
U51 LIMPGQEAG HLA-A*02 IGR37
U52 LIMPGQEAGL HLA-A*02 KYSE140
U53 LIMPVPGILL HLA-A*02 IGR37
U54 LKVSNDGPT HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U55 LLDGTATLRLV HLA-A*02 IGR37
U56 QAAIPLTS HLA-B*07 IGR37
U57 QEAGLGQVPL class I IGR37
U58 QLHDPSGYLAEA HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U59 QVLGGPVSGL HLA-A*02 Mel526
U60 RALDGGNKHFL HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U61 RLDCWRGGQV HLA-A*02 KYSE140
U62 SAFTITDQV HLA-A*02 SkMel28
U63 SAFTITDQVPFSV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U64 SCPIGENSP HLA-BW KYSE140
U65 SCPIGENSPL HLA-BW KYSE140
U66 SIALNFPG HLA-B*07 IGR37
U67 SLADTNSL HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U68 SLADTNSLAW HLA-A*02 Mel526
U69 SLKVSNDGPT HLA-B*07 KYSE140
U70 SVQVPTTEV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U71 SVTLDIVQ HLA-B*07 IGR37
U72 SVTLDIVQG HLA-A*02 IGR37 U73 SYVPLAHSSSAF class I KYSE140
U74 TAQVVLQA HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U75 TLISRALVV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U76 TTEVISTAPV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U77 TWDFGDSSG HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U78 TWDFGDSSGT HLA-B*07 Skmel28
U79 TWDFGDSSGTLIS class I IGR37
U80 VLGGPVSGLSI HLA-A*02 IGR37
U81 VPSGEGDAF class I KYSE140
U82 VQVPTTEVI HLA-A*02 IGR37
U83 VSLKVSND HLA-A*02 IGR37
U84 VSLKVSNDGPT HLA-BW Skmel28
U85 VSLKVSNDGPTLIG HLA-B*07 IGR37
U86 VSNDGPTL Class I Mel526
U87 VSTQLIMPV HLA-A*02 IGR37
U88 VTLDIVQGI HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U89 WDFGDSSGT HLA-A*02 KYSE140
U90 YLAEADLS HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U91 YLEPGPVTAQV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U92 YRYGSFSVTL HLA-A*02 IGR37
U93 YTWDFGDSSGT HLA-A*02 Skmel28
U94 YTWDFGDSSGTL class I IGR37
U95 YTWDFGDSSGTLI HLA-A*02 KYSE140
U96 YTWDFGDSSGTLIS HLA-A*02 Skmel28
Figures U1 -U96 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: U1-U96 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example U2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2ηι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example U3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention
Method Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example U2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS2i] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Serine protease 33
(PRSS33), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
PRSS33 (also known as serine protease 33 or serine protease EOS and having Uniprot accession number Q8NF86) is a serine protease that has amidolytic activity (Chen et al. Biochem J. 2003 Aug 15;374(Pt 1 ):97-107). Serine proteases are known to play a role in cancer. PRSS33 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from PRSS33 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing PRSS33 and for the treatment of cancers, including colon cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: V1 -V2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: V1-V2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000375_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example V2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: V1-V2. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb; 18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: V1-V2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: V1-V2. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: V1- V2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: V1-V2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: V1-V2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imgt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example V2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, colon cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures V1 to V2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: V1 to V2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example V1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from PRSS33 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table V1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: V1-V2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
V1 ALPN RPGVYTSV class I A375
V2 RTCDGLYHV HLA-A*02 Skmel28
Figures V1 -V2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: V1-V2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example V2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example V3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example V2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS22] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Receptor-type tyrosine- protein phosphatase-like (PTPRN), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
PTPRN (also known as receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase-like N or 1CA 512 or islet cell autoantigen 3 or PTP IA-2 and having Uniprot accession number Q16849) is a tyrosine phosphtase involved in vesicle-mediated secretory processes, including insulin secretion. Expression of PTPRN is associated with cancer Xie et al. Cancer Res. 1996 Jun 15;56(12):2742-4). PTPRN is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from PTPRN that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing PTPRN and for the treatment of cancers, including pancreatic cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: W1 -W27, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: W1-W27 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000392_0001
W14 INISVVGPAL
W15 IPTGSAPAA
W16 ISVVGPAL
W17 KEIDIAATL
W18 KLLEILAEHV
W19 LFQDSGLLY
W20 LQPYLFHQF
W21 QLFQDSGLLYL
W22 SELEAQTGL
W23 SLADVTQQA
W24 SLYHVYEV
W25 TMEGPVEGR
W26 VLAGYGVEL
W27 VVGPALTF
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example W2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: W1-W27.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: W1-W27. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: W1-W27.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: W1- W27. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: W1-W27 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: W1-W27, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example W2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces. Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus. In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-Ν/β-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo. High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (W094/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et a/., Blood. 201 1 Apr 21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, pancreatic cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(1 1 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56). The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis. The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced. Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures Figures W1 to W27 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: W1 to W27, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example W1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from PTPRN on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-BW), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge. Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table W1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: W1-W27, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000406_0001
W11 GVAGLLVALA HLA-A*02 A375
W12 ILAEHVHMS class I NCI H508
W13 INISVVGPA HLA-B*07 SR
W14 INISVVGPAL HLA-A*02 NCI H1755
W15 IPTGSAPAA HLA-A*02 IGR37
W16 ISVVGPAL class I NCI H1755
W17 KEIDIAATL class I NCI H1755
W18 KLLEILAEHV HLA-A*02 NCI H1915
W19 LFQDSGLLY HLA-A*02 VMRC LCD
W20 LQPYLFHQF class I NCI H1915
W21 QLFQDSGLLYL HLA-A*02 NCI H1755
W22 SELEAQTGL class I NCI H1755
W23 SLADVTQQA class I NCI H1755
W24 SLYHVYEV HLA-A*02 NCI H1755
W25 TMEGPVEGR HLA-A*02 U937
W26 VLAGYGVEL HLA-A*02 NCI H1915
W27 VVGPALTF class I NCI H1755
Figures W1 -W27 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: W1- W27 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example W2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example W3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example). To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example W2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The [LS23]present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Ropporin-1A (ROPN1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. ROPN1 (also known as ropporin-1 A or Rhophilin-associated protein 1A or CT91 and having
Uniprot accession number Q9HAT0) is involved in GTPase mediated signal transduction. ROPN1 belongs to the cancer/testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens. Expression of ROPN1 has been reported in various tumours, while expression in normal tissue is limited to testis (Li ei a/. Int J Cancer. 2007 Oct 1 ;121 (7):1507-11 ; Chiriva-lnternati et al. J immunother. 201 1 Jul- Aug;34(6):490-9). ROPN1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from ROPN1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with HC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing ROPN1 and for the treatment of cancers, including breast cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: X1 -X5, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: X1-X5 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000411_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example X2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: X1-X5.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: X1-X5. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: X1-X5.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: X1- X5. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: X1-X5 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: X1-X5, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example X2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting. Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and Οβ are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et a/., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo. High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828. In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab". It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (W094/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coll. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, breast cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell
(Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56). The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods. Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures X1 to X5 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: X1 to X5, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example X1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from ROPN1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table X1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: X1 -X5, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000425_0001
Figures X1 -X5 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: X1 -X5 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example X2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example X3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example). To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example X2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS24] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Sodium/potassium/calcium exchanger 5 (SLC24A5), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
SLC24A5 (also known as solute carrier family 24 member 5 or Sodium/potassium/calcium exchanger 5 and having Uniprot accession number Q71 RS6) functions as a cation exchanger and is involved in pigmentation in melanocytes. Expression of SLC24A5 has been associated with melanoma (Nan et al. Int J Cancer. 2009 Aug 15;125(4):909-17). SLC24A5 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SLC24A5 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing SLC24A5 and for the treatment of cancers, including uveal melanoma. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: Y1 -Y14, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000429_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example Y2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7). Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: Y1- Y14. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example Y2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention. The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. e£ al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, uveal melanoma.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis. The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced. Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis. The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures Figures Y1 to Y14 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: Y1 to Y14, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example Y1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SLC24A5 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table Y1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: Y1 -Y14, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000443_0001
Figures Y1 -Y14 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example Y2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ητι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ηι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example Y3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example Y2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS25] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Solute carrier family 35 member D3 (SLC35D3), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
SLC35D3 (also known as solute carrier family 35 member D3 or fringe connection-like protein 1 and having Uniprot accession number Q5M8T2) is a transporter involved in hemostasis (Chintala et al. Blood. 2007 Feb 15; 109(4): 1533-40). The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SLC35D3 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing SLC35D3 and for the treatment of cancers, including colon cancer and oesophageal cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: Z1 -Z2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000447_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example Z2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb; 18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: Z1- Z2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imgt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example Z2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, colon cancer and oesophageal cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures Z1 to Z2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: Z1 to Z2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example Z1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SLC35D3 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table Z1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
Z1 LARSFAGVAV HLA-A*02 NCI H508
Z2 TLGSIIYCV HLA-A*02 NCI H508
Figures Z1 -Z2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Example Z2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 pm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example Z3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example Z2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS26] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Spermatogenesis -and oogenesis-specific basic helix-loop-helix-containing protein 1 (SOHLH1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
SOHLH1 (also known as spermatogenesis- and oogenesis-specific basic helix-loop-helix- containing protein 1 and having Uniprot accession number Q5JUK2) is a transcription factor expressed in undifferentiated spermatogonia (Ballow et al. Dev Biol. 2006 Jun 1 ;294(1 ):161-7). SOHLH1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SOHLH1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can targets cells expressing SOHLH1 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer (squamous) and head and neck cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AA1 -AA2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000464_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AA2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AA1- AA2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AA2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non-small cell lung cancer (squamous) and head and neck cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AA1 to AA2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AA1 to AA2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example AA1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SOHLH1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table AA1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
AA1 LAQEAGSAL class I EJM
AA2 SGPPKAPTV HLA-A*02 EJM
Figures AA1 -AA2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AA1- AA2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AA2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ηι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et
All a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AA3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AA2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS27] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Transcription factor Sp8 (SP8), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
SP8 (also known as transcription factor Sp8 or specificity protein 8 and having Uniprot accession number Q8IXZ3) is a transcription factor that plays a key role in limb development. SP transcription factors are known to play a role in cancer (Safe et al. Eur J Cancer. 2005 Nov;41 (16):2438-48). SP8 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SP8 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing SP8 and for the treatment of cancers, including non-small cell lung cancer (adenocarcinoma) and prostate cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AB1 -AB8, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000481_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AB2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AB1- AB8. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AB2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non-small cell lung cancer (adenocarcinoma) and prostate cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic. The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNY ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AB1 to AB8 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AB1 to AB8, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example AB1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SP8 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table AB1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AB1 -AB8, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000495_0001
Figures AB1 -AB8 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AB1- AB8 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AB2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AB3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AB2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS28] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Sperm protein associated with the nucleus on the X chromosome B2 (SPANXB2), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of
immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
SPANXB2 (also known as sperm protein associated with the nucleus on the X chromosome B1 or CT1 1.2 and having Uniprot accession number Q9NS25) belongs to the cancer testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens. Expression of SPANXB2 has been reported in various tumours while expression in normal tissues is restricted to testis (Almanzar et al. Clin Cancer Res. 2009 Mar 15; 15(6): 1954-63). SPANXB2 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SPANXB2 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing SPANXB2 and for the treatment of cancers, including head and neck cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: AC1 or
(b) the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: AC1 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions, wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000499_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AC2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acid sequence provided in SEQ NO: AC1.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NO: AC1. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NO: AC1.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NO: AC1. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: AC1 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NO: AC1 , with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AC2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, head and neck cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figure AC1 shows the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptide of SEQ NO: AC1 , eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example AC1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SPANXB2 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptide set out in table AC1 , corresponding to SEQ NO: AC1 , was detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
AC1 KTSESSTILW Class I SW982
Figure AC1 shows representative fragmentation pattern for the peptide of SEQ NO: AC1. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below the spectra. Example AC2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide. Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP
(buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 g/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C. Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AC3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AC2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS29] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Protein SSX1 (SSX1), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. SSX1 (also known as Synovial sarcoma, X breakpoint 1 or CT5.1 and having Uniprot accession number Q16384) belongs to the cancer testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens.
Expression of SSX1 has been reported in various tumours while expression in normal tissues is restricted to testis (Smith et al. Clin Dev Immunol. 2010;2010:150591 ; Gure et al. Int J Cancer. 1997 Sep 17;72(6):965-71 ). SSX1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SSX1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing SSX1 and for the treatment of cancers, including liver cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AD1 -AD3, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000516_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AD2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AD1- AD3. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AD1- AD3 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AD1 -AD3, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AD2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, liver cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AD1 to AD3 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AD1 to AD3, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example AD1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SSX1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table AD1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
AD1 RIIPKIMPK class I NCI H929
AD2 SEKISYVY class I NCI H929
AD3 VEHPQMTF class I NCI H929
Figures AD1 -AD3 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AD1- AD3 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AD2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et al., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight. The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AD3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AD2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS30] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Protein SSX4 (SSX4), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. SSX4 (also known as Protein SSX4 or CT5.4 and having Uniprot accession number 060224) belongs to the cancer testis family of germline encoded tumour antigens. Expression of SSX4 has been reported in various tumours while expression in normal tissues is restricted to testis (Smith et al. Clin Dev Immunol. 2010;2010:150591 ; Gure et al. Int J Cancer. 1997 Sep 17;72(6):965-71 ). SSX4 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from SSX4 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing SSX4 and for the treatment of cancers, including liver cancer and melanoma.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AE1 -AE2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000533_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AE2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2. The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb; 18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AE1- AE2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7). A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imgt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AE2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (2011 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in
W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific. A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, liver cancer and melanoma.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AE1 to AE2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AE1 to AE2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example AE1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from SSX4 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table AE1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
AE1 MTSNSPRGYD class I Granta
AE2 RIFPKIMPK class I NCI H1944
Figures AE1 -AE2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AE1- AE2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AE2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AE3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AE2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction. The[LS3i] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Protein Wnt-10a (WNT10A), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. WNT10A (also known as Protein Wnt-10a and having Uniprot accession number Q9GZT5) is a receptor ligand that may be a signalling molecule in CNS development. WNT10A has been associated with cancer (Hsu et al. PLoS One. 2012;7(10):e47649). WNTI OA is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from WNT10A that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing WNT1 OA and for the treatment of cancers, including head and neck cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AF1 -AF13, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000550_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AF2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AF1- AF13. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AF1- AF13 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AF1- AF13, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et ai, J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-ET08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term " HC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. co// cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AF2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting. Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, Va-L-νβ-Οβ or Va- Ca -ίΛ β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and Οβ are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54). TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et a/., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo. High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828. In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab". It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (W094/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coll. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, head and neck cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et a/., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 g/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used.
The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell
(Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56). The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods. Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AF1 to AF13 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AF1 to AF13, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum. Examples
Example AF1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from WNT10A on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions.
Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table AF1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AF1 -AF13, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HI_A antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000564_0001
Figures AF1 -AF13 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AF1- AF13 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AF2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity. Inclusion bodies of β2ιη and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour.
Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice. Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AF3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example). To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AF2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The[LS32] present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Wilms tumor protein (WT1 ), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major
Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.qov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required. WT1 (also known as Wilms tumor protein or WT33 and having Uniprot accession number P19544) is a transcription factor that plays an important role in cellular development and cell survival. WT1 is a well-known oncogene (Sugiyama, Jpn J Clin Oncol. 2010 May;40(5):377-87). WT1 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from WT1 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing WT1 and for the treatment of cancers, including ovarian cancer.
In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AG1 -AG5, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AG1-AG5 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000568_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AG2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length.
The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AG1-AG5.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AG1-AG5. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AG1-AG5. In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AG1- AG5. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AG1- AG5 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AG1 -AG5, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement/inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced.
Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein. Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins.
In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ).
The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form. Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AG2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems.
Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects. The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below. In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide.
Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag. Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8;
Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org)
The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et ai, J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ;176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):6116-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308). The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et ai, J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et ai, Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et ai, Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH). The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva ef al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6. Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)]. In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, ovarian cancer. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally
(although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions.
Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody. For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way. Brief description of the Figures
Figures AG1 to AG5 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AG1 to AG5, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples Example AG1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from WT1 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry.
Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns. Results
The polypeptides set out in table AG1 , corresponding to SEQ NOs: AG1 -AG5, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification.
Figure imgf000582_0001
Figures AG1-AG5 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AG1- AG5 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AG2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ηι)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2πι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2πι followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 μητι cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice. Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCl2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AG3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/1 6074 for example). To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AG2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.
The present invention also relates to novel peptides derived from Melanoma-associated antigen 8 (MAGEA8), complexes comprising such peptides bound to recombinant MHC molecules, and cells presenting said peptide in complex with MHC molecules. Also provided by the present invention are binding moieties that bind to the peptides and/or complexes of the invention. Such moieties are useful for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents for the treatment of diseases such as cancer. T cells are a key part of the cellular arm of the immune system. They specifically recognise peptide fragments that are derived from intracellular proteins and presented in complex with Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APCs). In humans, MHC molecules are known as human leukocyte antigens (HLA), and both terms are used synonymously herein. MHC molecules have a binding groove in which the peptide fragments bind. Recognition of particular peptide-MHC antigens is mediated by a corresponding T cell receptor (TCR). Tumour cells express various tumour associated antigens (TAA) and peptides derived from these antigens are frequently displayed on the tumour cell surface. Detection of a MHC class I- presented TAA-derived peptide by a CD8+ T cell bearing the corresponding T cell receptor, leads to targeted killing of the tumour cell. However, as a consequence of the selection processes which occur during T cell maturation in the thymus, there is a scarcity of T cells (and TCRs) in the circulating repertoire, which recognise TAA-derived peptides with a sufficiently high level of affinity. Therefore tumour cells often escape detection.
The identification of particular TAA-derived peptides presented by MHC molecules on tumour cells enables the development of novel immunotherapeutic reagents designed to specifically target and destroy said tumour cells. Such reagents may be moieties that bind to the TAA-derived peptide and/or peptide-MHC complexes of the invention, and typically involve the induction of a T cell response. For example, such reagents may be based, exclusively, or in part, on T cells, or T cell receptors (TCRs), or antibodies. However, because of the inherent difficulties in identifying TAA- derived peptides that are presented on the cell surface in complex with a given MHC, only a small number of such peptides, covering a limited number of cancer indications, have been identified to date. Furthermore, TAAs suitable for the development of immunotherapeutic reagents, must have limited or no expression in normal cells, to prevent off target activity. It is therefore desirable to provide additional tumour-specific TAA-derived peptides and MHC complexes thereof that can be used for the development of new cancer therapies.
In silico algorithms, such as SYFPETHEI (Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics. 1999 Nov; 50(3- 4):213-9 (access via www.syfpeithi.de) and BIMAS (Parker, et al., J. Immunol. 1994 Jan
1 ;152(1 ):163-75 (access via http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla bind/)) are available to predict the amino acid sequences of MHC-presented peptides derived from proteins. However, these methods are known to generate a high proportion of false positives (since they simply define the likelihood of a given peptide being able to bind a given MHC and do not account for intracellular processing). Therefore, it is not possible to accurately predict whether a given peptide-MHC is actually presented by tumour cells. Direct experimental data is typically required.
MAGEA8 (also known as Melanoma-associated antigen 8 or CT1.8 and having Uniprot accession number P43361 ) belongs to the MAGE family of germline encoded cancer antigens. Expression of MAGEA8 has been reported in various tumours while expression in normal tissues is restricted to testis (De Plaen et al. Immunogenetics. 1994;40(5):360-9). MAGEA8 is an ideal target for immunotherapeutic applications. The inventors have found novel peptides derived from MAGEA8 that are presented on the cell surface in complex with MHC. These peptides are particularly useful for the development of reagents that can target cells expressing MAGEA8 and for the treatment of cancers, including non small cell lung cancer (adenocarcinoma) and liver cancer. In a first aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of (a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AH1 -AH2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2 with the exception of 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1 , 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
The inventors have found that polypeptides of the invention are presented by MHC on the surface of tumour cells. Accordingly, the polypeptides of the invention, as well as moieties that bind the polypeptide-MHC complexes, can be used to develop therapeutic reagents.
Figure imgf000586_0001
The skilled person can determine whether or not a given polypeptide forms a complex with an MHC molecule by determining whether the MHC can be refolded in the presence of the polypeptide using the process set out in Example AH2. If the polypeptide does not form a complex with MHC then MHC will not refold. Refolding is commonly confirmed using an antibody that recognises MHC in a folded state only. Further details can be found in Garboczi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA. 1992 Apr 15;89(8):3429-33. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention are from about 8 to about 16 amino acids in length, and are most preferably 8, 9, or 10 or 11 amino acids in length. The polypeptides of the invention may consist or consist essentially of the amino acids sequences provided in SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2.
The amino acid residues comprising the polypeptides of the invention may be chemically modified. Examples of chemical modifications include those corresponding to post translational modifications for example phosphorylation, acetylation and deamidation (Engelhard et al., Curr Opin Immunol. 2006 Feb;18(1 ):92-7).
Amino acid substitution means that an amino acid residue is substituted for a replacement amino acid residue at the same position. Inserted amino acid residues may be inserted at any position and may be inserted such that some or all of the inserted amino acid residues are immediately adjacent one another or may be inserted such that none of the inserted amino acid residues is immediately adjacent another inserted amino acid residue. One, two or three amino acids may be deleted from the sequence of SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2. Each deletion can take place at any position of SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of the invention may comprise one, two or three additional amino acids at the C-terminal end and/or at the N-terminal end of the sequence of SEQ NOs: AH1- AH2. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AH1- AH2 with the exception of one amino acid substitution and one amino acid insertion, one amino acid substitution and one amino acid deletion, or one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion. A polypeptide of the invention may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs: AH1 -AH2, with the exception of one amino acid substitution, one amino acid insertion and one amino acid deletion.
Inserted amino acids and replacement amino acids may be naturally occurring amino acids or may be non-naturally occurring amino acids and, for example, may contain a non-natural side chain. Such altered peptide ligands are discussed further in Douat-Casassus et al., J. Med. Chem, 2007 Apr 5;50(7): 1598-609 and Hoppes et al., J. Immunol 2014 Nov 15;193(10):4803-13 and references therein). If more than one amino acid residue is substituted and/or inserted, the
replacement inserted amino acid residues may be the same as each other or different from one another. Each replacement amino acid may have a different side chain to the amino acid being replaced. Preferably, polypeptides of the invention bind to MHC in the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. Generally the amino acid modifications described above will not impair the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid modifications improve the ability of the peptide to bind MHC. For example, mutations may be made at positions which anchor the peptide to MHC. Such anchor positions and the preferred residues at these locations are known in the art, particularly for peptides which bind HLA-A*02 (see, e. g. Parkhurst et al., J. Immunol. 1996 Sep 15;157(6):2539-48 and Parker et al. J Immunol. 1992 Dec 1 ; 149(1 1 ):3580-7).
A polypeptide of the invention may be used to illicit an immune response. If this is the case, it is important that the immune response is specific to the intended target in order to avoid the risk of unwanted side effects that may be associated with an "off target" immune response. Therefore, it is preferred that the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention does not match the amino acid sequence of a peptide from any other protein(s), in particular, that of another human protein. A person of skill in the art would understand how to search a database of known protein sequences to ascertain whether a polypeptide according to the invention is present in another protein.
Polypeptides of the invention can be synthesised easily by Merrifield synthesis, also known as solid phase synthesis, or any other peptide synthesis methodology. GMP grade polypeptide is produced by solid-phase synthesis techniques by Multiple Peptide Systems, San Diego, CA. Alternatively, the peptide may be recombinantly produced, if so desired, in accordance with methods known in the art. Such methods typically involve the use of a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, to express the polypeptide in vivo; for example, in bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells. Alternatively, in vitro cell-free systems may be used. Such systems are known in the art and are commercially available for example from Life
Technologies, Paisley, UK. The polypeptides may be isolated and/or may be provided in substantially pure form. For example, they may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. In a second aspect the invention provides a complex of the polypeptide of the first aspect and an MHC molecule. Preferably, the polypeptide is bound to the peptide binding groove of the MHC molecule. The MHC molecule may be MHC class I. The MHC class I molecule may be selected from HLA-A*02, HLA-A*01 , HLA-A*03, HLA-A11 , HLA-A23, HLA-A24, HLA-B*07, HLA-B*08, HLA- B40, HLA-B44, HLA-B15, HLA-C*04, HLA*C*03 HLA-CW. As is known to those skilled in the art there are allelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA alleles can be found on the EMBL Immune Polymorphism Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipcl/imqt/hla/allele.html; Robinson et al. Nucleic Acids Research (2015) 43:D423-431 ). The complex of the invention may be isolated and/or in a substantially pure form. For example, the complex may be provided in a form which is substantially free of other polypeptides or proteins. It should be noted that in the context of the present invention, the term "MHC molecule" includes recombinant MHC molecules, non-naturally occurring MHC molecules and functionally equivalent fragments of MHC, including derivatives or variants thereof, provided that peptide binding is retained. For example, MHC molecules may be fused to a therapeutic moiety, attached to a solid support, in soluble form, and/or in multimeric form.
Methods to produce soluble recombinant MHC molecules with which polypeptides of the invention can form a complex are known in the art. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, expression and purification from E. coli cells or insect cells. A suitable method is provided in Example AH2 herein. Alternatively, MHC molecules may be produced synthetically, or using cell free systems. Polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a moiety capable of eliciting a therapeutic effect. Such a moiety may be a carrier protein which is known to be immunogenic. KLH (keyhole limpet hemocyanin) is an example of a suitable carrier protein used in vaccine compositions. Alternatively, the polypeptides and/or polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be associated with a fusion partner. Fusion partners may be used for detection purposes, or for attaching said polypeptide or MHC to a solid support, or for MHC oligomerisation. The MHC complexes may incorporate a biotinylation site to which biotin can be added, for example, using the BirA enzyme (O'Callaghan et al., 1999 Jan 1 ;266(1 ):9-15). Other suitable fusion partners include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, or luminescent labels, radiolabels, nucleic acid probes and contrast reagents, antibodies, or enzymes that produce a detectable product. Detection methods may include flow cytometry, microscopy, electrophoresis or scintillation counting.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be provided in soluble form, or may be immobilised by attachment to a suitable solid support. Examples of solid supports include, but are not limited to, a bead, a membrane, sepharose, a magnetic bead, a plate, a tube, a column.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes may be attached to an ELISA plate, a magnetic bead, or a surface plasmon reasonance biosensor chip. Methods of attaching peptide-MHC complexes to a solid support are known to the skilled person, and include, for example, using an affinity binding pair, e.g. biotin and streptavidin, or antibodies and antigens. In a preferred embodiment peptide-MHC complexes are labelled with biotin and attached to streptavidin-coated surfaces.
Polypeptide-MHC complexes of the invention may be in multimeric form, for example, dimeric, or tetrameric, or pentameric, or octomeric, or greater. Examples of suitable methods for the production of multimeric peptide MHC complexes are described in Greten et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 2002 Mar;9(2):216-20 and references therein. In general, polypeptide-MHC multimers may be produced using peptide-MHC tagged with a biotin residue and complexed through fluorescent labelled streptavidin. Alternatively, multimeric polypeptide-MHC complexes may be formed by using immunoglobulin as a molecular scaffold. In this system, the extracellular domains of MHC molecules are fused with the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain separated by a short amino acid linker. Polypeptide-MHC multimers have also been produced using carrier molecules such as dextran (WO02072631 ). Multimeric peptide MHC complexes can be useful for improving the detection of binding moieties, such as T cell receptors, which bind said complex, because of avidity effects.
The polypeptides of the invention may be presented on the surface of a cell in complex with MHC. Thus, the invention also provides a cell presenting on its surface a complex of the invention. Such a cell may be a mammalian cell, preferably a cell of the immune system, and in particular a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. Other preferred cells include T2 cells (Hosken, et al., Science. 1990 Apr 20;248(4953):367-70). Cells presenting the polypeptide or complex of the invention may be isolated, preferably in the form of a population, or provided in a substantially pure form. Said cells may not naturally present the complex of the invention, or alternatively said cells may present the complex at a level higher than they would in nature. Such cells may be obtained by pulsing said cells with the polypeptide of the invention. Pulsing involves incubating the cells with the polypeptide for several hours using polypeptide concentrations typically ranging from 10"5 to 10"12 M. Said cells may additionally be transduced with HLA-A*02 molecules to further induce presentation of the peptide. Cells may be produced recombinantly. Cells presenting polypeptides of the invention may be used to isolate T cells and T cell receptors (TCRs) which are activated by, or bind to, said cells, as described in more detail below.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The nucleic acid may be cDNA. The nucleic acid molecule may consist essentially of a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or may encode only the peptide of the invention, i.e. encode no other polypeptide. Such a nucleic acid molecule can be synthesised in accordance with methods known in the art. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that nucleic acid molecules of different nucleotide sequence can encode the same amino acid sequence. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the third aspect of the invention. The vector may include, in addition to a nucleic acid sequence encoding only a polypeptide of the invention, one or more additional nucleic acid sequences encoding one or more additional polypeptides. Such additional polypeptides may, once expressed, be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, the vector includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or protein tag such as, for example, a biotinylation site, a FLAG-tag, a MYC-tag, an HA-tag, a GST-tag, a Strep-tag or a poly-histidine tag.
Suitable vectors are known in the art as is vector construction, including the selection of promoters and other regulatory elements, such as enhancer elements. The vector utilised in the context of the present invention desirably comprises sequences appropriate for introduction into cells. For instance, the vector may be an expression vector, a vector in which the coding sequence of the polypeptide is under the control of its own cis-acting regulatory elements, a vector designed to facilitate gene integration or gene replacement in host cells, and the like.
In the context of the present invention, the term "vector" encompasses a DNA molecule, such as a plasmid, bacteriophage, phagemid, virus or other vehicle, which contains one or more heterologous or recombinant nucleotide sequences (e.g., an above-described nucleic acid molecule of the invention, under the control of a functional promoter and, possibly, also an enhancer) and is capable of functioning as a vector in the sense understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Appropriate phage and viral vectors include, but are not limited to, lambda (X) bacteriophage, EMBL bacteriophage, simian virus 40, bovine papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, adenovirus, herpes virus, vaccinia virus, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, murine mammary tumor virus, lentivirus and Rous sarcoma virus.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising the vector of the fourth aspect of the invention. The cell may be an antigen presenting cell and is preferably a cell of the immune system. In particular, the cell may be a specialised antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell or a B cell. The cell may be a mammalian cell.
Polypeptides and complexes of the invention can be used to identify and/or isolate binding moieties that bind specifically to the polypeptide and/or the complex of the invention. Such binding moieties may be used as immunotherapeutic reagents and may include antibodies and TCRs. In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of the invention. Preferably the binding moiety binds the polypeptide when said polypeptide is in complex with MHC. In the latter instance, the binding moiety may bind partially to the MHC, provided that it also binds to the polypeptide. The binding moiety may bind only the polypeptide, and that binding may be specific. The binding moiety may bind only the peptide MHC complex and that binding may be specific.
When used with reference to binding moieties that bind the complex of the invention, "specific" is generally used herein to refer to the situation in which the binding moiety does not show any significant binding to one or more alternative polypeptide-MHC complexes other than the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention.
The binding moiety may be a T cell receptor (TCR). TCRs are described using the International Immunogenetics (IMGT) TCR nomenclature, and links to the IMGT public database of TCR sequences. The unique sequences defined by the IMGT nomenclature are widely known and accessible to those working in the TCR field. For example, they can be found in the "T cell Receptor Factsbook", (2001 ) LeFranc and LeFranc, Academic Press, ISBN 0-12-441352-8; Lefranc, (201 1 ), Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2011(6): 595-603; Lefranc, (2001 ), Curr Protoc Immunol Appendix 1 : Appendix 10; Lefranc, (2003), Leukemia 17(1 ): 260-266, and on the IMGT website (www.IMGT.org) The TCRs of the invention may be in any format known to those in the art. For example, the TCRs may be αβ heterodimers, or they may be in single chain format (such as those described in W09918129). Single chain TCRs include αβ TCR polypeptides of the type: Va-L-νβ, νβ-L-Va, Va- Ca-L-νβ, να-ί-\ β-0β or Va- Ca -ίΛ/β-Οβ, optionally in the reverse orientation, wherein Va and νβ are TCR a and β variable regions respectively, Ca and C are TCR a and β constant regions respectively, and L is a linker sequence. The TCR may be in a soluble form (i.e. having no transmembrane or cytoplasmic domains), or may contain full length alpha and beta chains. The TCR may be provided on the surface of a cell, such as a T cell.
The alpha and/or beta chain constant domain may be truncated relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC/TRBC sequences. In addition the TRAC/TRBC may contain modifications. For example, the alpha chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRAC whereby amino acid T48 of TRAC, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C48. Likewise, the beta chain extracellular sequence may include a modification relative to the native/naturally occurring TRBC1 or TRBC2 whereby S57 of TRBC1 or TRBC2, with reference to IMGT numbering, is replaced with C57. These cysteine substitutions relative to the native alpha and beta chain extracellular sequences enable the formation of a non- native interchain disulphide bond which stabilises the refolded soluble TCR, i.e. the TCR formed by refolding extracellular alpha and beta chains (WO 03/020763). This non-native disulphide bond facilitates the display of correctly folded TCRs on phage. (Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005
Mar;23(3):349-54). In addition the use of the stable disulphide linked soluble TCR enables more convenient assessment of binding affinity and binding half-life. Alternative positions for the formation of a non-native disulphide bond are described in WO 03/020763.
TCRs of the invention may be engineered to include mutations. Methods for producing mutated high affinity TCR variants such as phage display and site directed mutagenesis and are known to those in the art (for example see WO 04/044004 and Li et al., Nat Biotechnol 2005 Mar;23(3):349- 54).
TCRs of the invention may also be may be labelled with an imaging compound, for example a label that is suitable for diagnostic purposes. Such labelled high affinity TCRs are useful in a method for detecting a TCR ligand selected from CD1 -antigen complexes, bacterial superantigens, and MHC- peptide/superantigen complexes, which method comprises contacting the TCR ligand with a high affinity TCR (or a multimeric high affinity TCR complex) which is specific for the TCR ligand; and detecting binding to the TCR ligand. In multimeric high affinity TCR complexes such as those described in Zhu et al., J. Immunol. 2006 Mar 1 ; 176(5):3223-32, (formed, for example, using biotinylated heterodimers) fluorescent streptavidin (commercially available) can be used to provide a detectable label. A fluorescently-labelled multimer is suitable for use in FACS analysis, for example to detect antigen presenting cells carrying the peptide for which the high affinity TCR is specific.
A TCR of the present invention (or multivalent complex thereof) may alternatively or additionally be associated with (e.g. covalently or otherwise linked to) a therapeutic agent which may be, for example, a toxic moiety for use in cell killing, or an immunostimulating agent such as an interleukin or a cytokine. A multivalent high affinity TCR complex of the present invention may have enhanced binding capability for a TCR ligand compared to a non-multimeric wild-type or high affinity T cell receptor heterodimer. Thus, the multivalent high affinity TCR complexes according to the invention are particularly useful for tracking or targeting cells presenting particular antigens in vitro or in vivo, and are also useful as intermediates for the production of further multivalent high affinity TCR complexes having such uses. The high affinity TCR or multivalent high affinity TCR complex may therefore be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for use in vivo.
High affinity TCRs of the invention may be used in the production of soluble bi-specific reagents. A preferred embodiment is a reagent which comprises a soluble TCR, fused via a linker to an anti- CD3 specific antibody fragment. Further details including how to produce such reagents are described in W010/133828.
In a further aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid encoding the TCR of the invention, a TCR expression vector comprising nucleic acid encoding a TCR of the invention, as well as a cell harbouring such a vector. The TCR may be encoded either in a single open reading frame or two distinct open reading frames. Also included in the scope of the invention is a cell harbouring a first expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding an alpha chain of a TCR of the invention, and a second expression vector which comprises nucleic acid encoding a beta chain of a TCR of the invention. Alternatively, one vector may encode both an alpha and a beta chain of a TCR of the invention.
A further aspect of the invention provides a cell displaying on its surface a TCR of the invention. The cell may be a T cell. There are a number of methods suitable for the transfection of T cells with DNA or RNA encoding the TCRs of the invention (see for example Robbins et al., J. Immunol. 2008 May 1 ;180(9):61 16-31 ). T cells expressing the TCRs of the invention are suitable for use in adoptive therapy-based treatment of diseases such as cancers. As will be known to those skilled in the art there are a number of suitable methods by which adoptive therapy can be carried out (see for example Rosenberg et al., Nat Rev Cancer. 2008 Apr;8(4):299-308).
The TCRs of the invention intended for use in adoptive therapy are generally glycosylated when expressed by the transfected T cells. As is well known, the glycosylation pattern of transfected TCRs may be modified by mutations of the transfected gene (Kuball J et al., J Exp Med. 2009 Feb 16;206(2):463-75).
The binding moiety of the invention may be an antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds an antigen, whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term "antibody" includes antibody fragments, derivatives, functional equivalents and homologues of antibodies, humanised antibodies, including any polypeptide comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, whether natural or wholly or partially synthetic and any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antibody binding domain. Chimeric molecules comprising an immunoglobulin binding domain, or equivalent, fused to another polypeptide are therefore included. Cloning and expression of chimeric antibodies are described in EP-A-0120694 and EP-A-0125023. A humanised antibody may be a modified antibody having the variable regions of a non-human, e.g. murine, antibody and the constant region of a human antibody. Methods for making humanised antibodies are described in, for example, US Patent No. 5225539. Examples of antibodies are the immunoglobulin isotypes (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA) and their isotypic subclasses; fragments which comprise an antigen binding domain such as Fab, scFv, Fv, dAb, Fd; and diabodies. Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal. A monoclonal antibody may be referred to herein as "mab".
It is possible to take an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody, and use recombinant DNA technology to produce other antibodies or chimeric molecules which retain the specificity of the original antibody. Such techniques may involve introducing DNA encoding the immunoglobulin variable region, or the complementary determining regions (CDRs), of an antibody to the constant regions, or constant regions plus framework regions, of a different immunoglobulin (see, for instance, EP-A-184187, GB 2188638A or EP-A-239400). A hybridoma (or other cell that produces antibodies) may be subject to genetic mutation or other changes, which may or may not alter the binding specificity of antibodies produced.
It has been shown that fragments of a whole antibody can perform the function of binding antigens. Examples of binding fragments are (i) the Fab fragment consisting of VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iii) the Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single antibody; (iv) the dAb fragment (Ward, E.S. et al., Nature. 1989 Oct 12;341 (6242):544-6) which consists of a VH domain; (v) isolated CDR regions; (vi) F(ab')2 fragments, a bivalent fragment comprising two linked Fab fragments (vii) single chain Fv molecules (scFv), wherein a VH domain and a VL domain are linked by a peptide linker which allows the two domains to associate to form an antigen binding site (Bird et al., Science. 1988 Oct 21 ;242(4877):423-6; Huston et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1988 Aug;85(16):5879-83); (viii) bispecific single chain Fv dimers (PCT/US92/09965) and (ix) "diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Hollinger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1993 Jul 15;90(14):6444-8). Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g. by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Hollinger & Winter, Curr Opin
Biotechnol. 1993 Aug;4(4):446-9), e.g. prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. It may be preferable to use scFv dimers or diabodies rather than whole antibodies. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction. Other forms of bispecific antibodies include the single chain "Janusins" described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 1991 Dec; 10(12):3655-9). Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. An "antigen binding domain" is the part of an antibody which comprises the area which specifically binds to and is complementary to part or all of an antigen. Where an antigen is large, an antibody may only bind to a particular part of the antigen, which part is termed an epitope. An antigen binding domain may be provided by one or more antibody variable domains. An antigen binding domain may comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
The binding moiety may be an antibody-like molecule that has been designed to specifically bind a peptide-MHC complex of the invention. Of particular preference are TCR-mimic antibodies, such as, for example those described in WO2007143104 and Sergeeva et al., Blood. 201 1 Apr
21 ;1 17(16):4262-72 and/or Dahan and Reiter. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2012 Feb 24;14:e6.
Also encompassed within the present invention are binding moieties based on engineered protein scaffolds. Protein scaffolds are derived from stable, soluble, natural protein structures which have been modified to provide a binding site for a target molecule of interest. Examples of engineered protein scaffolds include, but are not limited to, affibodies, which are based on the Z-domain of staphylococcal protein A that provides a binding interface on two of its a-helices (Nygren, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2668-76); anticalins, derived from lipocalins, that incorporate binding sites for small ligands at the open end of a beta-barrel fold (Skerra, FEBS J. 2008 Jun;275(1 1 ):2677-83), nanobodies, and DARPins. Engineered protein scaffolds are typically targeted to bind the same antigenic proteins as antibodies, and are potential therapeutic agents. They may act as inhibitors or antagonists, or as delivery vehicles to target molecules, such as toxins, to a specific tissue in vivo (Gebauer and Skerra, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2009 Jun;13(3):245-55). Short peptides may also be used to bind a target protein. Phylomers are natural structured peptides derived from bacterial genomes. Such peptides represent a diverse array of protein structural folds and can be used to inhibit/disrupt protein-protein interactions in vivo (Watt, Nat Biotechnol. 2006 Feb;24(2): 177-83)].
In another aspect, the invention further provides a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention for use in medicine. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector, cell or binding moiety may be used for in the treatment or prevention of cancer, in particular, non-small cell lung cancer (adenocarcinoma) and liver cancer.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, a vector of the invention, a cell of the invention or a binding moiety of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This pharmaceutical composition may be in any suitable form, (depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient). It may be provided in unit dosage form, will generally be provided in a sealed container and may be provided as part of a kit. Such a kit would normally (although not necessarily) include instructions for use. It may include a plurality of said unit dosage forms. Suitable compositions and methods of administration are known to those skilled in the art, for example see, Johnson et al., Blood. 2009 Jul 16; 1 14(3):535-46, with reference to clinical trial numbers NCI-07-C-0175 and NCI-07-C-0174. Cells in accordance with the invention will usually be supplied as part of a sterile, pharmaceutical composition which will normally include a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, T cells transfected with TCRs of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutical composition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route such as a parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous), enteral (including oral or rectal), inhalation or intranasal routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by mixing the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s) under sterile conditions. Dosages of the substances of the present invention can vary between wide limits, depending upon the disease or disorder to be treated (such as cancer, viral infection or autoimmune disease), the age and condition of the individual to be treated, etc. For example, a suitable dose range for a reagent comprising a soluble TCR fused to an anti- CD3 domain may be between 25 ng/kg and 50 pg/kg. A physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages to be used. The polypeptide of the invention may be provided in the form of a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition may be useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. All such
compositions are encompassed in the present invention. As will be appreciated, vaccines may take several forms (Schlom, J Natl Cancer Inst. 2012 Apr 18;104(8):599-613). For example, the peptide of the invention may be used directly to immunise patients (Salgaller, Cancer Res. 1996 Oct 15;56(20):4749-57 and Marchand, Int J Cancer. 1999 Jan 18;80(2):219-30). The vaccine composition may include additional peptides such that the peptide of the invention is one of a mixture of peptides. Adjuvants may be added to the vaccine composition to augment the immune response
Alternatively the vaccine composition may take the form of an antigen presenting cell displaying the peptide of the invention in complex with MHC. Preferably the antigen presenting cell is an immune cell, more preferably a dendritic cell. The peptide may be pulsed onto the surface of the cell (Thurner, J Exp Med. 1999 Dec 6; 190(11 ): 1669-78), or nucleic acid encoding for the peptide of the invention may be introduced into dendritic cells (for example by electroporation. Van Tendeloo, Blood. 2001 Jul 1 ;98(1 ):49-56).
The polypeptides, complexes, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, cells and binding moieties of the invention may be non-naturally occurring and/or purified and/or engineered and/or recombinant and/or isolated and/or synthetic.
The invention also provides a method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex of the invention, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex. Methods to determine binding to polypeptide-MHC complexes are well known in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, surface plasmon resonance, or any other biosensor technique, ELISA, flow cytometry, chromatography, microscopy. Alternatively, or in addition, binding may be determined by functional assays in which a biological response is detected upon binding, for example, cytokine release or cell apoptosis.
The candidate binding moiety may be a binding moiety of the type already described, such as a TCR or an antibody.
For example, T cells may be isolated from fresh blood obtained from volunteer donors. Such a method involves stimulating T cells using autologous DCs, followed by autologous B cells, pulsed with the polypeptide of the invention. Several round of stimulation may be carried out, for example three or four rounds. Activated T cells may then be tested for specificity by measuring cytokine release in the presence of T2 cells pulsed with the peptide of the invention (for example using an IFNy ELISpot assay). Activated cells may then be sorted by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) using labelled antibodies to detect intracellular cytokine production (e.g. IFNy), or expression of a cell surface marker (such as CD137). Sorted cells may be expanded and further validated, for example, by ELISpot assay and/or cytotoxicity against target cells and/or staining by peptide-MHC tetramer. The TCR chains from validated clones may then be amplified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) and sequenced.
Alternatively, the polypeptide MHC complex of the invention may be used for screening a library of TCRs or antibodies. The production of antibody libraries using phage display is well known in the art, for example see Aitken, Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols (2009, Humana, New York). Further details on TCR libraries can be found in WO04044004. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide-MHC complex of the invention is used to screen a library of diverse TCRs displayed on the surface of phage particles. The TCRs displayed by said library may contain non- natural mutations. Screening may involve panning the phage library with peptide-MHC complexes of the invention and subsequently isolating bound phage. For this purpose peptide-MHC complexes may be attached to a solid support, such as a magnet bead, or column matrix and phage bound peptide MHC complexes isolated, with a magnet, or by chromatography, respectively. The panning steps may be repeated several times for example three or four times. Isolated phage may be further expanded in E. coli cells. Isolated phage particles may be tested for specific binding peptide-MHC complexes of the invention. Binding can be detected using techniques including, but not limited to, ELISA, or SPR for example using a BiaCore instrument. The DNA sequence of the T cell receptor displayed by peptide-MHC binding phage can be further identified by standard PCR methods.
Preferred or optional features of each aspect of the invention are as for each of the other aspects mutatis mutandis.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples and Figures which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Brief description of the Figures
Figures AH1 to AH2 show the respective fragmentation spectra for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AH1 to AH2, eluted from cells. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Examples
Example AH1 - Identification of target-derived peptides by Mass spectrometry
Presentation of HLA-restricted peptides derived from MAGEA8 on the surface of tumour cell lines was investigated using mass spectrometry. Method
Immortalised cell lines obtained from commercial sources were maintained and expanded under standard conditions. Class I HLA complexes were purified by immunoaffinity using commercially available anti-HLA antibodies BB7.1 (anti-HLA-B*07), BB7.2 (anti-HLA-A*02) and W6/32 (anti-Class 1 ). Briefly, cells were lysed in buffer containing non-ionic detergent NP-40 (0.5% v/v) at 5 x 107 cells per ml and incubated at 4°C for 1 h with agitation/mixing. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation and supernatant pre-cleared using proteinA-Sepharose. Supernatant was passed over 5 ml of resin containing 8 mg of anti-HLA antibody immobilised on a proteinA-Sepharose scaffold. Columns were washed with low salt and high salt buffers and complexes eluted in acid. Eluted peptides were separated from HLA complexes by reversed phase chromatography using a solid phase extraction cartridge (Phenomenex). Bound material was eluted from the column and reduced in volume using a vacuum centrifuge.
Peptides were separated by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 system using a C18 column (Phenomenex). Peptides were loaded in 98% buffer A (0.1 % aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)) and 2% buffer B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Peptides were eluted using a stepped gradient of B (2-60%) over 20 min. Fractions were collected at one minute intervals and lyophilised.
Peptides were analysed by nanoLCMS/MS using a Dionex Ultimate 3000 nanoLC coupled to either AB Sciex Triple TOF 5600 or Thermo Orbitrap Fusion mass spectrometers. Both machines were equipped with nanoelectrospray ion sources. Peptides were loaded onto an Acclaim PepMap 100 trap column (Dionex) and separated using an Acclaim PepMap RSLC column (Dionex). Peptides were loaded in mobile phase A (0.5% formic acid: water) and eluted using a gradient of buffer B (acetonitrile:0.5% formic acid) directly into the nanospray ionisation source.
For peptide identification the mass spectrometer was operated using an information dependent acquisition (IDA) workflow. Information acquired in these experiments was used to search the Uniprot database of human proteins for peptides consistent with the fragmentation patterns seen, using Protein pilot software (Ab Sciex) and PEAKS software (Bioinformatics solutions). Peptides identified are assigned a score by the software, based on the match between the observed and expected fragmentation patterns.
Results
The polypeptides set out in table AH1 , corresponding to SEQ ID NOs: AH1-AH2, were detected by mass spec following extraction from cancer cell lines. An example cell line from which the peptide was detected is indicated in the table along with the HLA antibody used for immunoaffinity purification. Amino acid Example cancer
SEQ ID NO HLA antibody
sequence cell line
AH1 EAI WEALS V HLA-A*02 U266
AH2 KEVDPAGHSYIL class I U266
Figures AH1 -AH2 show representative fragmentation patterns for the peptides of SEQ NOs: AH1- AH2 respectively. A table highlighting the matching ions is shown below each spectrum.
Example AH2 - Preparation of recombinant peptide-HLA complexes
The following describes a suitable method for the preparation of soluble recombinant HLA loaded with TAA peptide.
Class I HLA-A*02 molecules (HLA-A*02-heavy chain and HLA light-chain (β2ιη)) were expressed separately in E. coli as inclusion bodies, using appropriate constructs. HLA-A*02-heavy chain additionally contained a C-terminal biotinylation tag which replaces the transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains (O'Callaghan et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). E. coli cells were lysed and inclusion bodies processed to approximately 80% purity.
Inclusion bodies of β2ηι and heavy chain were denatured separately in 6 M guanidine-HCI, 50 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 100 mM NaCI, 10 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA. Refolding buffer was prepared containing 0.4 M L-Arginine, 100 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 3.7 mM cystamine dihydrochloride, 6.6 mM cysteamine hydrochloride and chilled to <5°C. Synthetic peptide dissolved in DMSO to a final concentration of 4mg/ml is added to the refold buffer at 4 mg/litre (final concentration). Then 30 mg/litre β2ιη followed by 30 mg/litre heavy chain (final concentrations) are added. Refolding was allowed to reach completion at 4 °C for at least 1 hour. Buffer was exchanged by dialysis in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris pH 8.1. Two changes of buffer were necessary to reduce the ionic strength of the solution sufficiently. The protein solution was then filtered through a 1.5 Mm cellulose acetate filter and loaded onto a POROS 50HQ anion exchange column (8 ml bed volume). Protein was eluted with a linear 0-500 mM NaCI gradient in 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). HLA-A*02-peptide complex eluted at approximately 250 mM NaCI, and peak fractions were collected, a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Calbiochem) was added and the fractions were chilled on ice.
Biotinylation tagged pHLA molecules were buffer exchanged into 10 mM Tris pH 8.1 , 5 mM NaCI using a GE Healthcare fast desalting column equilibrated in the same buffer. Immediately upon elution, the protein-containing fractions were chilled on ice and protease inhibitor cocktail (Calbiochem) was added. Biotinylation reagents were then added: 1 mM biotin, 5 mM ATP (buffered to pH 8), 7.5 mM MgCI2, and 5 pg/ml BirA enzyme (purified according to O'Callaghan et a/., (1999) Anal. Biochem. 266: 9-15). The mixture was then allowed to incubate at room temperature overnight.
The biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were purified using gel filtration chromatography. A GE Healthcare Superdex 75 HR 10/30 column was pre-equilibrated with filtered PBS and 1 ml of the biotinylation reaction mixture was loaded and the column was developed with PBS at 0.5 ml/min using an Akta purifier (GE Healthcare). Biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules eluted as a single peak at approximately 15 ml. Fractions containing protein were pooled, chilled on ice, and protease inhibitor cocktail was added. Protein concentration was determined using a Coomassie-binding assay (PerBio) and aliquots of biotinylated pHLA-A*02 molecules were stored frozen at -20 °C.
Such peptide-MHC complexes may be used in soluble form or may be immobilised through C terminal biotin moiety on to a solid support, to be used for the detection of T cells and T cell receptors which bind said complex.
Example AH3 - identification of TCRs that bind to a peptide-MHC complex of the invention Method
Methods for the isolation of TCRs are known to those skilled in the art; for example, DNA sequences corresponding to TCR alpha and beta chains may be amplified from a T cell clone (obtained from volunteer blood donors) that is activated by cells presenting the peptide-HLA complex of interest. Other suitable methods include isolation from TCR libraries (as described in WO2005/1 16646 and WO2005/116074 for example).
To confirm that TCRs are able to bind a complex of comprising a peptide HLA complex of the invention isolated TCR alpha and beta chain sequences are expressed in E. coli as soluble TCRs, (WO2003020763; Boulter, et al., Protein Eng, 2003. 16: 707-711 ). Binding of the soluble TCRs to the complexes is analysed by surface plasmon resonance using a BiaCore 3000 instrument. Biotinylated peptide-HLA monomers are prepared as previously described (Example AH2) and immobilized on to a streptavidin-coupled CM-5 sensor chip. All measurements are performed at 25°C in PBS buffer supplemented with 0.005% Tween at a constant flow rate. To measure affinity, serial dilutions of the soluble TCRs are flowed over the immobilized peptide-MHCs and the response values at equilibrium determined for each concentration. Data are analysed by plotting the specific equilibrium binding against protein concentration followed by a least squares fit to the Langmuir binding equation, assuming a 1 :1 interaction.

Claims

1. A polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of
(a) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ NOs: A1-A9, SEQ NOs: B1-B3, SEQ NOs:
C1-C9, SEQ NO: D1, SEQ NOs: E1-E2, SEQ NOs: F1-F2, SEQ NOs: G1-G8, SEQ NOs: H1-H18, SEQ NOs: 11-18, SEQ NOs: J1-J19, SEQ NOs: K1-K4, SEQ NOs: L1-L28, SEQ NOs: M1-M3, SEQ NOs: N1-N5, SEQ NOs: 01-05, SEQ NOs: P1-P20, SEQ NO: Q1, SEQ NOs: R1-R3, SEQ NOs: S1-S4, SEQ NOs: T1-T29, SEQ NOs: U1-U96, SEQ NOs: V1-V2, SEQ NOs: W1-W27, SEQ NOs: X1-X5, SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14, SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2, SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2, SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8, SEQ NO: AC1, SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3, SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2, SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13, SEQ NOs: AG 1 -AG 5 or SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2, or
(b) the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQNOs: A1-A9, SEQ NOs: B1-B3, SEQ NOs: C1-C9, SEQ NO: D1, SEQ NOs: E1-E2, SEQ NOs: F1-F2, SEQ NOs: G1-G8, SEQ NOs: H1-H18, SEQ NOs: 11-18, SEQ NOs: J1-J19, SEQ NOs: K1-K4, SEQ NOs: L1-L28, SEQ NOs: M1-M3, SEQ NOs: N1-N5, SEQ NOs: 01-05, SEQ NOs: P1-P20, SEQ NO: Q1, SEQ NOs: R1-R3, SEQ NOs: S1-S4, SEQ NOs: T1-T29, SEQ NOs: U1-U96, SEQ NOs: V1-V2, SEQ NOs: W1-W27, SEQ NOs: X1-X5, SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14, SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2, SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2, SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8, SEQ NO: AC1, SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3, SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2, SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13, SEQ NOs: AG 1 -AG 5 or SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2 with the exception of 1, 2 or 3 amino acid substitutions and/or 1, 2 or 3 amino acid insertions, and/or 1, 2 or 3 amino acid deletions,
wherein the polypeptide forms a complex with a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
2. The polypeptide of claim 1 , wherein the polypeptide consists of from 8 to 16 amino acids.
3. The polypeptide of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ NOs A1-A9, SEQ NOs: B1-B3, SEQ NOs: C1-C9, SEQ NO: D1, SEQ NOs: E1- E2, SEQ NOs: F1-F2, SEQ NOs: G1-G8, SEQ NOs: H1-H18, SEQ NOs: 11-18, SEQ NOs: J1-J19, SEQ NOs: K1-K4, SEQ NOs: L1-L28, SEQ NOs: M1-M3, SEQ NOs: N1-N5, SEQ NOs: 01-05, SEQ NOs: P1-P20, SEQ NO: Q1, SEQ NOs: R1-R3, SEQ NOs: S1-S4, SEQ NOs: T1-T29, SEQ NOs: U1-U96, SEQ NOs: V1-V2, SEQ NOs: W1-W27, SEQ NOs: X1-X5, SEQ NOs: Y1-Y14, SEQ NOs: Z1-Z2, SEQ NOs: AA1-AA2, SEQ NOs: AB1-AB8, SEQ NO: AC1, SEQ NOs: AD1-AD3, SEQ NOs: AE1-AE2, SEQ NOs: AF1-AF13, SEQ NOs: AG 1 -AG 5 or SEQ NOs: AH1-AH2.
4. A complex of the polypeptide of any preceding claim and a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
5. The complex of claim 4, wherein the MHC molecule is MHC class I.
6. A nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide as defined in any one of claims 1-3.
7. A vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence as defined in claim 6.
A cell comprising a vector as claimed in claim 7.
9. A binding moiety that binds the polypeptide of any one of claims 1 -3.
10. The binding moiety of claim 9, which binds the polypeptide when it is in complex with MHC.
11. The binding moiety of claim 10, wherein the binding moiety is a T cell receptor (TCR) or an antibody.
12. The binding moiety of claim 1 1 , wherein the TCR is on the surface of a cell.
13. A polypeptide as defined in any one of claims 1-3, a complex as defined in claim 4 or claim 5, a nucleic acid molecule as defined in claim 6, a vector as defined in claim 7, a cell as defined in claim 8 or a binding moiety as defined in any one of claims 9-12 for use in medicine.
14. The polypeptide, complex, nucleic acid, vector or cell for use as defined in claim 13 for use in treating or preventing cancer.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide as defined in any one of claims 1- 3, a complex as defined in claim 4 or claim 5, a nucleic acid molecule as defined in claim 6, a vector as defined in claim 7, a cell as defined in claim 8 or a binding moiety as defined in any one of claims 9-12 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. A method of identifying a binding moiety that binds a complex as claimed in claim 4 or claim 5, the method comprising contacting a candidate binding moiety with the complex and determining whether the candidate binding moiety binds the complex.
PCT/GB2016/053668 2015-11-23 2016-11-23 Peptides Ceased WO2017089786A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (68)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB1520576.8A GB201520576D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520598.2A GB201520598D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520534.7 2015-11-23
GBGB1520599.0A GB201520599D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520538.8 2015-11-23
GBGB1520573.5A GB201520573D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520585.9A GB201520585D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520556.0 2015-11-23
GB1520582.6 2015-11-23
GBGB1520574.3A GB201520574D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520560.2 2015-11-23
GB1520588.3 2015-11-23
GB1520585.9 2015-11-23
GBGB1520551.1A GB201520551D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520584.2A GB201520584D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520588.3A GB201520588D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520578.4 2015-11-23
GB1520547.9 2015-11-23
GBGB1520547.9A GB201520547D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520598.2 2015-11-23
GB1520555.2 2015-11-23
GB1520590.9 2015-11-23
GB1520535.4 2015-11-23
GBGB1520538.8A GB201520538D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520560.2A GB201520560D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520577.6 2015-11-23
GBGB1520582.6A GB201520582D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520574.3 2015-11-23
GBGB1520556.0A GB201520556D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520586.7A GB201520586D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520554.5A GB201520554D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520599.0 2015-11-23
GBGB1520577.6A GB201520577D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520601.4A GB201520601D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520537.0 2015-11-23
GBGB1520535.4A GB201520535D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520552.9A GB201520552D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520555.2A GB201520555D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520596.6A GB201520596D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520578.4A GB201520578D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520601.4 2015-11-23
GBGB1520561.0A GB201520561D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520584.2 2015-11-23
GB1520602.2 2015-11-23
GB1520586.7 2015-11-23
GBGB1520534.7A GB201520534D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520571.9A GB201520571D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520591.7A GB201520591D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520537.0A GB201520537D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520551.1 2015-11-23
GB1520576.8 2015-11-23
GB1520553.7 2015-11-23
GBGB1520553.7A GB201520553D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520581.8 2015-11-23
GB1520552.9 2015-11-23
GB1520587.5 2015-11-23
GBGB1520580.0A GB201520580D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520587.5A GB201520587D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520554.5 2015-11-23
GB1520580.0 2015-11-23
GB1520571.9 2015-11-23
GB1520561.0 2015-11-23
GB1520573.5 2015-11-23
GBGB1520590.9A GB201520590D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GBGB1520581.8A GB201520581D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520591.7 2015-11-23
GBGB1520602.2A GB201520602D0 (en) 2015-11-23 2015-11-23 Peptides
GB1520596.6 2015-11-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017089786A1 true WO2017089786A1 (en) 2017-06-01

Family

ID=58763969

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2016/053668 Ceased WO2017089786A1 (en) 2015-11-23 2016-11-23 Peptides

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017089786A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019211633A1 (en) * 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Oxford University Innovation Limited Diagnostic method and therapy
US20190389930A1 (en) * 2016-04-21 2019-12-26 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Immunotherapy against melanoma and other cancers
DE102018115865A1 (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-02-20 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A * 03 restricted peptides for use in cancer immunotherapy and related methods
US10828357B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-11-10 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
WO2021092223A1 (en) * 2019-11-05 2021-05-14 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Hla restricted hormad1 t cell receptors and uses thereof
US20220265795A1 (en) * 2015-12-11 2022-08-25 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Novel peptides and combination of peptides for use in immunotherapy against various cancers
WO2025064738A1 (en) * 2023-09-22 2025-03-27 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dntt 250-258 off-target peptides and uses thereof

Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0120694A2 (en) 1983-03-25 1984-10-03 Celltech Limited Processes for the production of multichain polypeptides or proteins
EP0125023A1 (en) 1983-04-08 1984-11-14 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobulin preparations, methods for their preparation, DNA sequences, expression vectors and recombinant host cells therefor
EP0184187A2 (en) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Mouse-human chimaeric immunoglobulin heavy chain, and chimaeric DNA encoding it
EP0239400A2 (en) 1986-03-27 1987-09-30 Medical Research Council Recombinant antibodies and methods for their production
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
WO1994013804A1 (en) 1992-12-04 1994-06-23 Medical Research Council Multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, their manufacture and use
WO1999018129A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-15 Sunol Molecular Corporation Soluble single-chain t-cell receptor proteins
WO1999049034A1 (en) * 1998-03-20 1999-09-30 Imperial Cancer Research Technology Limited Breast cancer antigen
WO2002072631A2 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Dakocytomation Denmark A/S Mhc molecule constructs and their usesfor diagnosis and therapy
WO2003020763A2 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Avidex Limited Soluble t cell receptor
US20040018976A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2004-01-29 Feder John N. Polynucleotide encoding novel human G-protein coupled receptors, and splice variants thereof
WO2004044004A2 (en) 2002-11-09 2004-05-27 Avidex Limited T cell receptor display
WO2005116646A1 (en) 2004-05-26 2005-12-08 Avidex Ltd Method for the identification of a polypeptide which binds to a given pmhc complex
WO2005116074A2 (en) 2004-05-26 2005-12-08 Avidex Ltd Nucleoproteins displaying native t cell receptor libraries
WO2007143104A2 (en) 2006-06-01 2007-12-13 Receptor Logic, Ltd. Antibodies as t cell receptor mimics, methods of production and uses thereof
WO2008073162A2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-06-19 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Lysine acetylation sites
WO2010133828A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Immunocore Ltd. Bifunctional polypeptides
WO2013040142A2 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Iogenetics, Llc Bioinformatic processes for determination of peptide binding
WO2013143026A1 (en) * 2012-03-31 2013-10-03 Abmart (Shanghai) Co., Ltd Peptide and antibody libraries and uses thereof
US9209965B2 (en) 2014-01-14 2015-12-08 Microsemi Semiconductor Ulc Network interface with clock recovery module on line card

Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0120694A2 (en) 1983-03-25 1984-10-03 Celltech Limited Processes for the production of multichain polypeptides or proteins
EP0125023A1 (en) 1983-04-08 1984-11-14 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobulin preparations, methods for their preparation, DNA sequences, expression vectors and recombinant host cells therefor
EP0184187A2 (en) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Mouse-human chimaeric immunoglobulin heavy chain, and chimaeric DNA encoding it
EP0239400A2 (en) 1986-03-27 1987-09-30 Medical Research Council Recombinant antibodies and methods for their production
GB2188638A (en) 1986-03-27 1987-10-07 Gregory Paul Winter Chimeric antibodies
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
WO1994013804A1 (en) 1992-12-04 1994-06-23 Medical Research Council Multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, their manufacture and use
WO1999018129A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-15 Sunol Molecular Corporation Soluble single-chain t-cell receptor proteins
WO1999049034A1 (en) * 1998-03-20 1999-09-30 Imperial Cancer Research Technology Limited Breast cancer antigen
WO2002072631A2 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Dakocytomation Denmark A/S Mhc molecule constructs and their usesfor diagnosis and therapy
WO2003020763A2 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Avidex Limited Soluble t cell receptor
US20040018976A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2004-01-29 Feder John N. Polynucleotide encoding novel human G-protein coupled receptors, and splice variants thereof
WO2004044004A2 (en) 2002-11-09 2004-05-27 Avidex Limited T cell receptor display
WO2005116646A1 (en) 2004-05-26 2005-12-08 Avidex Ltd Method for the identification of a polypeptide which binds to a given pmhc complex
WO2005116074A2 (en) 2004-05-26 2005-12-08 Avidex Ltd Nucleoproteins displaying native t cell receptor libraries
WO2007143104A2 (en) 2006-06-01 2007-12-13 Receptor Logic, Ltd. Antibodies as t cell receptor mimics, methods of production and uses thereof
WO2008073162A2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-06-19 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Lysine acetylation sites
WO2010133828A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Immunocore Ltd. Bifunctional polypeptides
WO2013040142A2 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Iogenetics, Llc Bioinformatic processes for determination of peptide binding
WO2013143026A1 (en) * 2012-03-31 2013-10-03 Abmart (Shanghai) Co., Ltd Peptide and antibody libraries and uses thereof
US9209965B2 (en) 2014-01-14 2015-12-08 Microsemi Semiconductor Ulc Network interface with clock recovery module on line card

Non-Patent Citations (82)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AITKEN: "Antibody phage display: Methods and Protocols", 2009, HUMANA
ARIF, BIOCHEM PHARMACOL., vol. 84, no. 8, 15 October 2012 (2012-10-15), pages 985 - 93
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, no. 4877, 21 October 1988 (1988-10-21), pages 423 - 6
BIRD, SCIENCE, vol. 242, no. 4877, 21 October 1988 (1988-10-21), pages 423 - 6
BOULTER ET AL., PROTEIN ENG, vol. 16, 2003, pages 707 - 711
BRALTEN ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 29, no. 46, 18 November 2010 (2010-11-18), pages 6138 - 48
CHEN ET AL., CANCER IMMUN., vol. 5, 7 July 2005 (2005-07-07), pages 9
CHEN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 362, no. 6422, 22 April 1993 (1993-04-22), pages 764 - 7
CHEN ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 102, no. 22, 31 May 2005 (2005-05-31), pages 7940 - 5
DAHAN; REITER, EXPERT REV MOL MED., vol. 14, 24 February 2012 (2012-02-24), pages E6
DE ROBERTIS ET AL., ONCOTARGET, 20 October 2015 (2015-10-20)
DOUAT-CASASSUS ET AL., J. MED. CHEM, vol. 50, no. 7, 5 April 2007 (2007-04-05), pages 1598 - 609
DOUAT-CASASSUS, J. MED. CHEM, vol. 50, no. 7, 5 April 2007 (2007-04-05), pages 1598 - 609
ENGELHARD ET AL., CURR OPIN IMMUNOL., vol. 18, no. 1, February 2006 (2006-02-01), pages 92 - 7
ENGELHARD, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL., vol. 18, no. 1, February 2006 (2006-02-01), pages 92 - 7
GARBOCZI ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 89, no. 8, 15 April 1992 (1992-04-15), pages 3429 - 33
GARBOCZI, PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 89, no. 8, 15 April 1992 (1992-04-15), pages 3429 - 33
GEBAUER; SKERRA, CURR OPIN CHEM BIOL., vol. 13, no. 3, June 2009 (2009-06-01), pages 245 - 55
GRETEN ET AL., CLIN. DIAGN. LAB. IMMUNOL., vol. 9, no. 2, March 2002 (2002-03-01), pages 216 - 20
GRETEN, CLIN. DIAGN. LAB. IMMUNOL., vol. 9, no. 2, March 2002 (2002-03-01), pages 216 - 20
HESS ET AL., J NEUROCHEM., vol. 70, no. 3, March 1998 (1998-03-01), pages 1269 - 79
HOLLINGER; WINTER, CURR OPIN BIOTECHNOL., vol. 4, no. 4, August 1993 (1993-08-01), pages 446 - 9
HOPPES ET AL., J. IMMUNOL, vol. 193, no. 10, 15 November 2014 (2014-11-15), pages 4803 - 13
HOSKEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 248, no. 4953, 20 April 1990 (1990-04-20), pages 367 - 70
HOSKEN, SCIENCE, vol. 248, no. 4953, 20 April 1990 (1990-04-20), pages 367 - 70
HUSTON ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 85, no. 16, August 1988 (1988-08-01), pages 5879 - 83
INOZUME ET AL., INT J CANCER, vol. 114, no. 2, 20 March 2005 (2005-03-20), pages 283 - 90
JOHNSON ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 114, no. 3, 16 July 2009 (2009-07-16), pages 535 - 46
JOHNSON, BLOOD, vol. 114, no. 3, 16 July 2009 (2009-07-16), pages 535 - 46
JU ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 524, no. 1-3, 31 July 2002 (2002-07-31), pages 204 - 10
KOLHE ET AL., INT J CLIN EXP PATHOL., vol. 6, no. 2, 2013, pages 142 - 7
KUBALL J ET AL., J EXP MED., vol. 206, no. 2, 16 February 2009 (2009-02-16), pages 463 - 75
KUBALL J, J EXP MED., vol. 206, no. 2, 16 February 2009 (2009-02-16), pages 463 - 75
LEFRANC, COLD SPRING HARB PROTOC, vol. 2011, no. 6, 2011, pages 595 - 603
LEFRANC, CURR PROTOC IMMUNOL APPENDIX 1: APPENDIX 10, 2001
LEFRANC, CURR PROTOC IMMUNOL, 2001
LEFRANC, LEUKEMIA, vol. 17, no. 1, 2003, pages 260 - 266
LEFRANC; LEFRANC: "Receptor Factsbook", 2001, ACADEMIC PRESS
LEFRANC; LEFRANC: "T cell Receptor Factsbook", 2001, ACADEMIC PRESS
LI ET AL., NAT BIOTECHNOL, vol. 23, no. 3, March 2005 (2005-03-01), pages 349 - 54
LI, NAT BIOTECHNOL, vol. 23, no. 3, 2005, pages 349 - 54
LI, NAT BIOTECHNOL, vol. 23, no. 3, March 2005 (2005-03-01), pages 349 - 54
MARCHAND, INT J CANCER, vol. 80, no. 2, 18 January 1999 (1999-01-18), pages 219 - 30
MARCHAND, INT J CANCER., vol. 80, no. 2, 18 January 1999 (1999-01-18), pages 219 - 30
MATSUMURA ET AL., BRAIN TUMOR PATHOL., vol. 32, no. 4, October 2015 (2015-10-01), pages 261 - 7
NYGREN, FEBS J., vol. 275, no. 11, June 2008 (2008-06-01), pages 2668 - 76
O'CALLAGHAN ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 266, 1999, pages 9 - 15
O'CALLAGHAN, ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 266, 1999, pages 9 - 15
OH ET AL., BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, vol. 1826, no. 1, August 2012 (2012-08-01), pages 1 - 12
OTTOLENGHI ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 79, no. 3, March 2002 (2002-03-01), pages 333 - 43
P. HOLLINGER ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 90, no. 14, 15 July 1993 (1993-07-15), pages 6444 - 8
P. HOLLINGER, PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 90, no. 14, 15 July 1993 (1993-07-15), pages 6444 - 8
PARKER ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 149, no. 11, 1 December 1992 (1992-12-01), pages 3580 - 7
PARKER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 152, no. 1, 1 January 1994 (1994-01-01), pages 163 - 75, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla _ bind/>
PARKER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 152, no. 1, 1 January 1994 (1994-01-01), pages 163 - 75, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www-bimas.cit.nih.gov/molbio/hla _ bind>
PARKHURST ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 157, no. 6, 15 September 1996 (1996-09-15), pages 2539 - 48
PARRIS ET AL., BMC CANCER, vol. 14, 7 May 2014 (2014-05-07), pages 324
RAMMENSEE ET AL., IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 50, no. 3-4, November 1999 (1999-11-01), pages 213 - 9, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:www.svfpeithi.de>
RAMMENSEE ET AL., IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 50, no. 3-4, pages 213 - 9, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:www.svfpeithi.de>
ROBBINS ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 180, no. 9, 1 May 2008 (2008-05-01), pages 6116 - 31
ROBBINS, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 180, no. 9, 1 May 2008 (2008-05-01), pages 6116 - 31
ROBINSON ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 43, 2015, pages D423 - 431, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imat/hla/allele.html>
ROBINSON ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 43, 2015, pages D423 - 431, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imgt/hla/allele.html>
ROBINSON ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 43, 2015, pages D423 - 431, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.ebi.ac.uk/ipd/imqt/hla/allele.html>
ROSENBERG ET AL., NAT REV CANCER, vol. 8, no. 4, April 2008 (2008-04-01), pages 299 - 308
ROSENBERG ET AL., NAT REV CANCER., vol. 8, no. 4, April 2008 (2008-04-01), pages 299 - 308
ROSENBERG, NAT REV CANCER, vol. 8, no. 4, April 2008 (2008-04-01), pages 299 - 308
SALGALLER, CANCER RES., vol. 56, no. 20, 15 October 1996 (1996-10-15), pages 4749 - 57
SAVAGE ET AL., NAT GENET., vol. 45, no. 7, July 2013 (2013-07-01), pages 799 - 803
SCHLOM, J NATL CANCER INST, vol. 104, no. 8, 18 April 2012 (2012-04-18), pages 599 - 613
SCHLOM, J NATL CANCER INST., vol. 104, no. 8, 18 April 2012 (2012-04-18), pages 599 - 613
SERGEEVA ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 117, no. 16, 21 April 2011 (2011-04-21), pages 4262 - 72
SKERRA, FEBS J., vol. 275, no. 11, June 2008 (2008-06-01), pages 2677 - 83
THURNER, J EXP MED., vol. 190, no. 11, 6 December 1999 (1999-12-06), pages 1669 - 78
TRAUNECKER ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 10, no. 12, December 1991 (1991-12-01), pages 3655 - 9
TRAUNECKER, EMBO J., vol. 10, no. 12, December 1991 (1991-12-01), pages 3655 - 9
VAN TENDELOO, BLOOD, vol. 98, no. 1, 1 July 2001 (2001-07-01), pages 49 - 56
WARD, E.S. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, no. 6242, 12 October 1989 (1989-10-12), pages 544 - 6
WARD, E.S., NATURE, vol. 341, no. 6242, 12 October 1989 (1989-10-12), pages 544 - 6
WATT, NAT BIOTECHNOL., vol. 24, no. 2, February 2006 (2006-02-01), pages 177 - 83
ZHANG ET AL., CHIN MED J (ENGL, vol. 124, no. 18, September 2011 (2011-09-01), pages 2894 - 8
ZHU ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 176, no. 5, 1 March 2006 (2006-03-01), pages 3223 - 32

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12226467B2 (en) * 2015-12-11 2025-02-18 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Peptides and combination of peptides for use in immunotherapy against various cancers
US20220265795A1 (en) * 2015-12-11 2022-08-25 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Novel peptides and combination of peptides for use in immunotherapy against various cancers
US20190389930A1 (en) * 2016-04-21 2019-12-26 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Immunotherapy against melanoma and other cancers
WO2019211633A1 (en) * 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Oxford University Innovation Limited Diagnostic method and therapy
US10925947B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2021-02-23 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US11554164B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2023-01-17 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US10946081B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2021-03-16 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh *03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
DE102018115865A1 (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-02-20 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A * 03 restricted peptides for use in cancer immunotherapy and related methods
US11058755B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2021-07-13 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US11246917B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2022-02-15 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US10828357B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-11-10 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US12076379B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2024-09-03 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US11872270B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2024-01-16 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US10869917B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-12-22 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US11576955B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2023-02-14 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
US11833193B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2023-12-05 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh A*03 restricted peptides for use in immunotherapy against cancers and related methods
EP4054626A4 (en) * 2019-11-05 2023-11-29 Board of Regents, The University of Texas System HLA-RESTRICTED HORMAD1 T CELL RECEPTORS AND THEIR USES
JP2022554349A (en) * 2019-11-05 2022-12-28 ボード オブ リージェンツ,ザ ユニバーシティ オブ テキサス システム HLA-restricted HORMAD1 T cell receptor and its uses
CN115151274A (en) * 2019-11-05 2022-10-04 得克萨斯州大学系统董事会 HLA-restricted HORMAD 1T cell receptor and uses thereof
WO2021092223A1 (en) * 2019-11-05 2021-05-14 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Hla restricted hormad1 t cell receptors and uses thereof
WO2025064738A1 (en) * 2023-09-22 2025-03-27 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dntt 250-258 off-target peptides and uses thereof

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210121526A1 (en) Peptides derived from kita-kyushu lung cancer antigen (kklc1, ct83, cxorf61) and complexes comprising such peptides bound to mhc molecules
WO2017089786A1 (en) Peptides
WO2017089763A1 (en) Peptides
WO2017187186A1 (en) Claudin-6 peptides
WO2017089787A1 (en) Peptides derived from alpha-fetoprotein (afp), complexes comprising such peptides bound to mhc molecules
WO2017089770A1 (en) Peptides
EP3380507B1 (en) Peptides derived from sarcoma antigen 1 (sage1) and complexes comprising such peptides bound to mhc molecules
WO2017089771A1 (en) Peptides from piwil1
EP3380500A1 (en) Peptides
EP3380506A1 (en) Peptides
EP3380511B1 (en) Peptides
EP3380501B1 (en) Peptides
EP3380513B1 (en) Peptides from npsr1
US20210115099A1 (en) Peptides
WO2017089772A1 (en) Peptides derived from kallikrein 4
WO2017089777A1 (en) Peptides derived from lengsin (lgsn), complexes comprising such peptides bound to mhc molecules
EP3380502A1 (en) Peptides
WO2017089769A1 (en) Peptides
EP3380504B1 (en) Peptides derived from homeobox protein b13 (hox-b13) and complexes comprising such peptides bound to mhc molecules
WO2017089760A1 (en) Peptides derived from p antigen family member 2 (page2)
WO2017089762A1 (en) Peptides
WO2017089758A1 (en) Peptides of page5
WO2017089781A2 (en) Peptides
WO2015193642A1 (en) Peptides derived from ets translocation variant 4
WO2016009217A1 (en) Peptides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16806275

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16806275

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1